Friday
April 30, 1999
Part II



Environmental

Protection  Agency

40 CFR Parts 141 and 142
Revisions to the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for
Public Water Systems; Proposed Rule

-------

-------
23398
Federal Register/Vol.  64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY

40 CFR Parts 141 and 142

[FRL-6329-3]

BIN 2040-AD15

Revisions to the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring Regulation for
Public Water Systems

AGENCY: Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Proposed rule.

SUMMARY: The Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA), as amended in 1996, requires
the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) to establish criteria for a
monitoring program for unregulated
contaminants and, by August 6,1999, to
publish a list of contaminants to be
monitored. To conform to the
Amendments, EPA is proposing the
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Regulation for Public Water Systems
(UCMR) to substantially revise the
current regulations for unregulated
contaminant monitoring.
  Under a separate action on January 8,
1999, EPA published a Direct Final Rule
suspending the existing monitoring
requirements for systems serving 10,000
or fewer persons, effective March 9,
1999. Prior to March 9, 1999, the
unregulated contaminant monitoring
regulations required public water
systems to monitor for unregulated
contaminants during one year every five
years. EPA promulgated the direct final
rule to allow systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons to save the cost of a third
monitoring round under the previous
regulations, which if performed as
scheduled would have overlapped with
monitoring requirements expected to be
promulgated in the UMCR in August
1999.
  This proposed rule includes a new list
of contaminants to be monitored,
procedures for selecting a national
representative sample of public water
systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons
that will be required to monitor, the
frequency and schedule for monitoring,
and procedures for placement of the
monitoring data in the National
Drinking Water Contaminant
Occurrence Data Base, as required under
section 1445 of SDWA, as amended. The
data in the database will be used to
identify contaminants for the Drinking
Water Contaminant Candidate List
(CCL), to support the Administrator's
determination of whether or not to
develop drinking water standards for a
particular contaminant, and in
                    developing standards for the
                    contaminants the Administrator selects.
                    DATES: The proposed rule is open to
                    public comment until June 14,1999.
                    ADDRESSES: Send written comments to
                    the Comment Clerk, docket number W-
                    98-02, U.S. Environmental Protection
                    Agency, Water Docket (MC 4101), 401 M
                    Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460.
                    Please submit an original and three
                    copies of your comments and enclosures
                    (including references). Commenters who
                    want EPA to acknowledge receipt of
                    their comments should enclose a self-
                    addressed, stamped envelope. No
                    facsimiles (faxes) will be accepted.
                      Comments may also be submitted
                    electronically to ow-
                    docket@epamail.epa.gov. Electronic
                    comments must be submitted as an
                    ASCII file avoiding the use of special
                    characters and any form of encryption.
                    Electronic comments must be identified
                    by the docket number W-98-02.
                    Comments and data will also be
                    accepted on disks in WordPerfect in 5.1
                    format or ASCII file format. Electronic
                    comments on this proposal may be filed
                    online at many Federal Depository
                    Libraries.
                      The full record for this proposal has
                    been established under docket number
                    W-98-02 and includes supporting
                    documentation as well as printed, paper
                    versions of electronic comments. The
                    full record is available for inspection
                    from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through
                    Friday, excluding legal holidays at the
                    Water Docket, East Tower Basement,
                    USEPA, 401 M Street, SW, Washington
                    DC. For access to docket materials,
                    please call (202) 260-3027 between 9
                    a.m. and 3:30 p.m, Eastern Time,
                    Monday through Friday, to schedule an
                    appointment.
                    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                    Charles Job, Standards and Risk
                    Management Division, Office of Ground
                    Water and Drinking Water (MC-4607),
                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                    401 M Street, SW, Washington DC
                    20460, (202) 260-7084. General
                    information may also be obtained from
                    the EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline.
                    Callers within the United States may
                    reach the Hotline at (800) 426-4791.
                    The Hotline.is open Monday through
                    Friday, excluding federal holidays, from
                    9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Eastern Time.
                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

                    Regional Contacts
                    I. Anthony De Palma, JFK Federal Bldg.,
                        Room 2203, Boston MA 02203, Phone:
                        617-565-3610.
                    n. Walter Andrews, 290 Broadway, Room
                        2432, New York, NY 10007-1866, Phone:
                        212-637-3880.
HI. Michelle Hoover, 1650 Arch Street,
    Philadelphia PA 19103-2029, Phone:
    215-814-5258.
IV. Janine Morris, 345 Courtland Street, NE,
    Atlanta GA 30365, Phone: 404-562-
    9480.
V. Kim Harris, 77 West Jackson Blvd..
    Chicago, IL 60604-3507, Phone: 312-
    886-4239.
VI. Larry Wright, 1445 Ross Avenue, Dallas,
    TX 75202, Phone: 214-665-7150.
VII. Stan Calow,.726 Minnesota Ave., Kansas
    City, KS 66101, Phone: 913-551-7410.
VHI. Rod Glebe, One Denver Place, 999 18th
    Street, Suite 500, Denver, CO 80202,
    Phone: 303-312-6627.
IX. Bruce Macler, 75 Hawthorne Street, San
    Francisco, CA 94105, Phone: 415-744-
    1884.
X. Larry Worley, 1200 Sixth Avenue, Seattle,
    WA 98101, Phone: 206-553-1893.

Abbreviations and Acronyms Used in
the Preamble and Proposed Rule

2,4-DNT—2,4-dinitrotoluene
2,6-DNT—2,6-dinitrotoluene
4,41'-DDE—degradation product of DDT
Alachlor ESA—alachlbr ethanesulfonic acid,
    a degradation product of alachlor
AOAC—Association of Official Analytical
    Chemist
ASDWA—Association of State Drinking
    Water Administrators
ASTM—American Society for Testing and
    Materials
BGM—Buffalo Green Monkey cells, a specific
    cell line used to grow viruses
CAS—Chemical Abstract Service
CASRN—Chemical Abstract Service Registry1
    Number
CCL—Contaminant Candidate List
CCR—Consumer Confidence Reports
CERCLA—Comprehensive Environmental
    Response, Compensation and Liability
    Act
CFR—Code of Federal Regulations
CPU—Colony forming unit
CFU/mL—Colony forming units per milliliter
CWS—Community water system
DCPA—dimethyl tetrachloroterephthalate,
    chemical name of the herbicide dacthal
    DCPA di- and mono-acid degradates
  —Degradation products of DCPA
DDE—Degradation product of DDT
DDT—Dichloro diphenyl trichloroethane,  a
    general insecticide
EDL—Estimated detection limit
EPA—Environmental Protection Agency
EPTC—s-etftyl-dipropylthiocarbamate, an
    herbicide
EPTDS—Entry Point to the Distribution
    System
FACA—Federal Advisory Committee Act
FTE—Full-time-equivalent  :
GC—Gas chromatography, a labdratoiy
    method
GLI method—Great Lakes Instruments
    method
GW—Ground water
GWUDI—Ground water under the direct
    influence of surface water
HLPC—High performance liquid
    chromatography, a laboratory method
ICR—Information Collection Request
IFRA—Initial regulatory flexibility analysis
IMS—Immunomagnetic separation

-------

-------
                    Federal Register/Vol.  64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                           23399
IRIS—Integrated Risk Information System
IS—Internal standard
LLE—Liquid/liquid extraction, a laboratory
    method
MAC—Mycobacterium avium intracellulare
MCL—Maximum contaminant level
MDL—Method detection limit
MRL—Minimum reporting level
MS—Mass spectrometry, a laboratory method
MS—Sample matrix spike
MSD—Matrix spike duplicate
MTBE—Methyl-tert-butyl-ether, a gasoline
    additive
NAWQA—National Water Quality
    Assessment Program
NCOD—National Drinking Water
    Contaminant Occurrence Data Base
NDWAC—National Drinking Water Advisory
    Council
NERL—National Environmental Research
    Laboratory
NFS—National Pesticide Survey
NTIS—National Technical Information
    Service
NTNCWS—Non-transient non-community
    water system
NTTAA—National Technology Transfer and
    Advancement Act
OGWDW—Office of Ground Water and
    Drinking Water
OMB—Office of Management and Budget
PBMS—Performance-Based Measurement
    System
pCi/L—Picocuries per liter
PCR—Polymerase chain reaction
PWS—Public Water System
PWSF—Public Water System Facility
QA—Quality assurance
QC—Quality control
RDX—Hexahydr6-l,3,5-trinitro-l,3,5-triazine
RFA—Regulatory Flexibility Act
RPD—Relative percent difference
RSD—Relative standard deviation
SBREFA—Small Business Regulatory
    Enforcement Fairness Act
SD—Standard deviation
SDWA—Safe Drinking Water Act
SDWIS—Safe Drinking Water Information
    System
SDWIS FED—the Federal Safe Drinking
    Water Information System
SM—Standard Methods
SMF—Standard Compliance Monitoring
    Framework
SOC—Synthetic organic compound
SPE—Solid phase extraction, a laboratory
    method
SRF—State Revolving-Fund
STORET—Storage and Retrieval System
SW—surface water
TBD—to be determined
TNCWS—Transient non-community water
    system
UCMR—Unregulated Contaminant
    Monitoring Regulations/Rule
UCM—Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
ug/L—Micrograms per liter
UMRA—Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
    1995
USEPA—United States Environmental
    Protection Agency
UV—Ultraviolet
VOC—volatile organic compound
Preamble Outline

I. Why the Unregulated Contaminant
    Monitoring Regulation Is Changing
n. Current Unregulated Contaminant
    Monitoring
  A. Current Program
  B. Status of Unregulated Contaminants on
    the Current Monitoring List
ffl. Proposed Changes in the Unregulated
    Contaminant Monitoring Program
  A. Revised List of Unregulated
    Contaminants to be Monitored
  1. Criteria for Selecting Contaminants for
    the UCMR
  (a) Revising the Monitoring List
  (b) Regulatory Options
  (c) Analytical Methods Applicable to the
    Monitoring List
  (i) Chemical Analytical Methods
  (ii) Microbiological Analytical Methods
  (d) Screening Methods
  2. List of Contaminants To Be Monitored
  (a) Proposed Monitoring List
  (b) Number of Contaminants on the
    Monitoring List
  (c) Modifying the Monitoring List through
    the Governors' Petition
  (i) Circumstances Affecting the Governors'
    Petition
  (ii) Response to Governors' Petition
  B. Public Water Systems Subject to the
    UCMR
  C. Type of Monitoring Required of Public
    Water Systems Based on Listing Group
  1. Assessment Monitoring
  2. Screening Survey
  3. Pre-Screen Testing
  4. Option to the Three-Tiered Approach
  D. Monitoring Requirements under the
    Proposed UCMR
  1. Monitoring Frequency
  (a) Systems Serving more than 10,000
    persons
  (b) Systems Serving 10,000 or fewer
    persons
  2. Monitoring Time for Vulnerable Period
  3. Monitoring Location
  (a) Chemical Contaminants
  (b) Microbiological Contaminants
  4. Quality Control Procedures for Sampling
    and Testing
  5. Monitoring of Routinely Tested Water
    Quality Parameters
  6. Relations to Compliance Monitoring
    Requirements
  7. Previous Monitoring of the
    Contaminants Proposed for the
    Monitoring List
  8. Regulatory Options considered for large
    systems
  (a) Which large systems should monitor
  (b) Monitoring Frequency
  (c) Monitoring Location
  E. Waivers
  1. Waivers for Systems Serving more than
    10,000 Persons
  2. Waivers for Small Systems in State Plans
  F. Representative sample of systems
    serving 10,000 or fewer persons
  1. System Size
  2. System Type
  (a) Public Water System Monitoring
  (b) Non-Transient Non-Community Water
    Systems
  (c) Transient Non-Community Systems
  3. Geographic location within the State
  4. Likelihood of Finding Contaminants
  5. State Plans for the Representative
    Sample
  (a) Representative State Plans
  (b) Systems Selected for Pre-Screen Testing
  (c) Tribal Water Systems as a Separate
    Group
  (d) "Index" Systems
  (e) Other State Data
  6. Regulatory Options
  G. Reporting of Monitoring Results
  1. PWS and State Reporting to EPA
  2. Regulatory Options
  3. Timing of Reporting
  4. Method of Reporting
  5. Public Notification of Availability of
    Results
  6. Voluntary Reporting
IV. Implementation of Today's Proposal
  A. Setting an Effective Date
  B. Primary Program Revision
-  C. Implementation in Indian Country
  D. Establishing the Laboratory Testing
    Program
  1. Analytical Methods for the Testing
    Program
  2. Testing Program for systems serving
    more than 10,000 persons
  3. Testing Program for systems serving
    10,000 or fewer persons
  E. Continued Analytical Methods
    Development
  F. Determining the National Representative
    Sample and State Monitoring Plans
  G. Specifying the Vulnerable Monitoring
    Period
  H. Conducting the Sampling
  I. Screening Survey
  J. Pre-Screen Testing
  K. Testing
  L. Reporting Requirements
  M. Record Keeping
  N. Modifying the Monitoring List
  O. Funding for Testing of Sample for
    Systems in State Monitoring Plans and
    for Pre-Screen Testing
  (1) Assessment Monitoring
  (2) Screening Survey.
  (3) Pre-Screen Testing
V. Relation of the Proposed Regulation to the
    Existing Regulation
VI. Cost and Benefit of a Revised UCMR
    Program
  A. Program Cost Estimates
  B. Net Costs
  C. Benefits
VII. Performance-Based Measurement System
VIII. Solicitation of Public Comment
K. Administrative  Requirements
  A. Executive Order 12866—Regulatory
    Planning and Review
  B. Executive Order 13045—Protection of
    Children From Environmental Health
    Risks and Safety Risks
  C. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
  D. Paperwork Reduction Act
  E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
  F. National Technology Transfer and
    Advancement Act
  G. Executive Order 12898—Federal
    Actions to Address Environmental
    Justice in Minority Populations and Low-
    Income Populations

-------
 23400
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
   H. Executive Order 12875—Enhancing
     Intergovernmental Partnerships
 I. Executive Order 13084—Consultation and
     Coordination with Indian Tribal
     Governments
 X Public Involvement in Regulation
     Development
 XI. References

 Potentially Regulated Entities
   The regulated entities are public
 water systems. All large community and
 non-transient non-community water
 systems serving more than 10,000
 persons would be required to monitor.
 A community water system means a
                    public water system which serves at
                    least 15 public service connections used
                    by year-round residents or regularly
                    serves at least 25 year-round residents.
                    Non-transient non-community water
                    system means a public water system
                    that is not a community water system
                    and that regularly serves at least 25 of
                    the same persons over 6 months per
                    year. Only a national representative
                    sample of community and non-transient
                    non-community systems serving 10,000
                    or fewer persons would be required to
                    monitor. Transient non-community
                    systems (i.e., systems that do not
 regularly serve at least 25 of the same
 persons over six months per year)
 would not be required to monitor.
 States, Territories, and Tribes with
 primacy to administer the regulatory
 program for public water systems under
 the Safe Drinking Water Act, sometimes
 conduct analyses to measure for
 contaminants in water samples and
 would be regulated by this action.
 Categories and entities that may
 ultimately be regulated include the
 following:
Category
State, Tribal and Territorial Gov-
ernments.
Industry 	
Municipalities 	

Examples of potentially regulated entities
States, Territories, and Tribes that analyze water samples on behalf of public water systems re-
quired to conduct such analysis; States, Territories, and Tribes that themselves operate commu-
nity and non-transient non-community water systems required to monitor.

itor.
SIC
9511
J.Q/H
QC11

   This table is not intended to be
 exhaustive, but rather provides a guide
 for readers regarding entities likely to be
 regulated by this action. This table lists
 the types of entitles that EPA is now
 aware could potentially be regulated by
 this action. Other types of entities not
 listed in the table could also be
 regulated. If you have questions
 regarding the applicability of this action
 to a particular entity, consult the person
 listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER
 INFORMATION CONTACT section.
 I. Why the Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring Regulation Is Changing
  The current Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring Program operating under the
 Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA, the
 Act) requires public water systems to
 monitor for unregulated contaminants
 during one year every five years. Under
 section 1445 (a) (2) of the Act, as
 amended in 1996, the Environmental
 Protection Agency (EPA) is required to
 establish criteria for a monitoring
 program for unregulated contaminants
 and. by August 6,1999, to publish a list
 of contaminants to-be monitored. To
 conform to the 1996 Amendments, EPA
 is proposing substantial revisions to the
 Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 (UCM) Program, currently described in
 40 CFR 141.40. The purpose of the
 Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 Program is to collect occurrence data to
 help determine which contaminants
EPA should regulate based on their
 concentrations in public water systems
and their adverse health effects levels.
  This proposed rule will take the place
of the regulations currently in 40 CFR
 141.35,141.40, and 142.15(c)(3) and
                   modify § 142.16. The revisions cover the
                   following: (1) The frequency and
                   schedule for monitoring based on public
                   water system (PWS) size, water source,
                   and likelihood of finding the
                   contaminants; (2) a new shorter list of
                   contaminants to be monitored, (3)
                   procedures for selecting and monitoring
                   a national representative sample of
                   public water systems serving 10,000 or
                   fewer people, and (4) procedures for
                   placing the monitoring data in the
                   National Drinking Water Contaminant
                   Occurrence Data Base (NCOD), as
                   required under Section  1445. The data
                   generated by this rule, when adopted,
                   will be used to identify contaminants
                   for the Contaminant Candidate List
                   (CCL), to support the Administrator's
                   determination of whether or not to
                   regulate a contaminant under the
                   drinking water program, and to support
                   the development of drinking water
                   regulations. The proposed revised UCM
                   Program is a cornerstone of the sound
                   science approach to future drinking
                   water regulation, which is one of the
                   aims of the SDWA Amendments.
                    In a separate action, EPA has
                   published a Direct Final Rule (64 FR
                   1494, January 8, 1999) which will
                   cancel the existing monitoring
                   requirements for systems serving 10,000
                   or fewer persons effective January 1,
                   1999. The Direct Final Rule will modify
                   the existing regulations ahead of this
                   Proposed Rule to revise the existing
                   unregulated contaminant monitoring
                   regulations. The Direct Final Rule's
                   purpose is to allow the systems serving
                   10,000 or fewer persons to save the cost
                   of a third monitoring round under the
                   existing regulation, which if performed
would overlap with monitoring under
the proposed revised rule. EPA believes
that it has sufficient data from the
previous monitoring rounds to make
decisions concerning the status of the
contaminants on the existing monitoring
list (see Table 1).

n. Current Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring

A. Current Program
  The current Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring Program was established in
the SDWA, as amended in 1986, and
implemented by regulation in 1987 (52
FR 25720, July 8. 1987). The program
was revised three times thereafter (56
FR 3526, January 30, 1991; 57 FR 22178,
May 27, 1992; and 57 FR 31776, July 17,
1992). Under 40 CFR  141.40, public
water systems are required to monitor
for up to 48 unregulated contaminants
and under 40 CFR 141.35, to report
monitoring results to the States, or to
EPA if a State does not have primacy to
administer the State Drinking Water
Program. These 48 contaminants are
listed in Table 1 of this Preamble, along
with their regulatory status. Under 40
CFR 142.15, primacy States must report
monitoring results to EPA. Repeat
monitoring and reporting are required
during one year every 5 years. Systems
serving fewer than 150 service
connections may make their facilities
available for the States to monitor,
rather than perform their own
monitoring.

B. Status of Unregulated Contaminants
on the Current Monitoring List
  Based on the results of the current
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring

-------
                    Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed  Rules
                                                                         23401
Program, EPA analyzed each of the 48
contaminants on the current list. The
status of the 48 contaminants as a result
of that analysis is summarized below in
Table 1.      -
                      TABLE 1.—LIST AND STATUS OF THE CURRENT UNREGULATED CONTAMINANTS

Aldicarb 	 	 	
Aldicarb sulfone 	
Aldicarb sulfoxide 	
Aldrin 	 	 	
Bromobenzene 	 	 	 	 	
Bromochloromethane 	 	 	
Bromodichloromethane 	 	 	
Bromoform 	
Bromomethane (methyl bromide) 	
Butachlor 	
sec-Butylbenzene 	
n-Butylbenzene 	 	 	 	 	 	
tert-Butylbenzene 	 	 	 -. 	
Carbaryl 	 	 	 	 	
Chlorodibromomethane 	 •. 	 	 	
Chloroethane 	
Chloroform 	 	 	
Chloromethane 	 	 	
o-Chlorotoluene 	
p-Chlorotoluene 	
Dibromomethane 	 	 	
Dicamba 	
m-Dichlorobenzene 	 	 	
Dichlorodifluoromethane 	
1 ,1 -Dichloroethane 	 	 	 	 	
2,2-Dichloropropane 	 	
1,3-Dichloropropane 	 ; 	
1,1-Dichloropropene 	 	 	 .
1 ,3-Dichloropropene 	
Dieldrin 	 	
Fluorotrichloromethane 	 	 	
Hexachlorobutadiene 	 	 	
3-Hydroxycarbofuran 	 	 	 	 	
Isopropylbenzene 	 	 	
p-lsopropyltoluene 	 	 	
Methomyl 	
Metolachlor 	 	 	
Metribuzin 	
Naphthalene 	 	 	
Propachlor 	
n-Propylbenzene 	
Sulfate 	
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane 	
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 	
1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 	 	
1,2,3-Trichloropropane 	
1 ,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 	
1 ,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 	
In regulation
development1
X
x
X


X
x
x






x
x
x
x


x



























On contami-
nant candidate
list 2



X
x



x















x
x
x
x
x
x

x


x

x
x
x


X

x


x

Did not occur
at significant
levels s









X



x




x
x

x
x
x






x


x

x



x
x

x


x


Covered by
other regu-
latory action4
































X











x



Did not meet
health effects
level5










X
X
X


































X
  11n Regulation Development means that EPA is currently working on regulations affecting the contaminant in drinking water.
  2 On Contaminant Candidate List means that the contaminant is on the CCL for EPA to determine whether or not to regulate ft in the future.
  3 Did Not Occur at Significant Levels means that unregulated contaminant monitoring results and other data did not indicate widespread occur-
rence or concentrations that would warrant further action.
  4 Covered By Other Regulatory Action means that the contaminant is addressed through regulation of other contaminants.
  5 Did Not Meet Health Effects Level means that the concentrations reported in unregulated contaminant monitoring results or other data were
not at or above health effects levels established by EPA or other organizations that have such health indicators.

-------
 23402
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April  30,  1999/Proposed Rules
 III. Proposed Changes In the
 Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 Program
 A, Revised List of Unregulated
 Contaminants To Be Monitored
 I. Criteria for Selecting Contaminants
 fortheUCMR
 (a) Revising the Monitoring List
  Section 1445(a)(2)(B) requires EPA to
 list not more than 30 unregulated
 contaminants to be monitored by public
 water systems. Today EPA is proposing
 to use the Contaminant Candidate List
 (CCL), established under section
 1412(b)(l)(B) of SDWA, as the primary
 basis for selecting contaminants for
 future monitoring under the UCMR. The
 criteria used in the CCL for identifying
 contaminants for which occurrence data
 are needed are:
  (i) Whether sufficient data exist on the
 occurrence or likely occurrence of the
 contaminant in drinking water,
 including production, release, and use
 to warrant further confirming data; and
  (ii) Whether sufficient data exist to
 indicate the  occurrence of the
 contaminant in two or more States, or in
 ten or more public water systems.
  The other  criterion is whether an
 analytical method exists for the
 contaminant. The other mechanism for
 selecting contaminants for UCMR
 monitoring is through the petition of
seven or more State governors to EPA,
 described below under IH.A.2.(c),
Modifying the Monitoring List through
the Governors' Petition.
  The CCL was developed with the
advice of the Working Group on
Contaminant Occurrence and Selection
of the National Drinking Water Advisory
Council (NDWAC), formed pursuant to
                    the Federal Advisory Committee Act
                    (FACA). The group developed criteria,
                    adopted by EPA, for deciding which
                    contaminants to include on the CCL.
                      Criteria for selecting contaminants for
                    the CCL focused on occurrence in water
                    at levels of health concern, or
                    indications of occurrence (production or
                    release, coupled with contaminant
                    properties). EPA used health effects
                    concentrations to determine the
                    significance of occurrence levels. When
                    developing the CCL, EPA used the
                    previous unregulated contaminant
                    monitoring data from States as one of
                    the many sources of occurrence data.
                    The term "occurrence" as used here
                    means the measured observation of a
                    substance in drinking water or potential
                    source of drinking water. The 1998 CCL
                    contains 50 chemical contaminants and
                    10 microbiological contaminants. The
                    process for developing the CCL is
                    described in more detail in the March  2,
                    1998, Federal Register containing the
                    list (63 FR 10273).
                      When EPA began the process of
                    choosing contaminants for the CCL, EPA
                    and NDWAC experts worked from a
                    compendium of 8 lists containing
                    approximately 262 chemical
                    contaminants. The lists used in this
                    process included the 1991 Drinking
                    Water Priority List, health advisories,
                    Integrated Risk Information System,
                    Non-Target Analytes in Public Water
                    Supply Samples, Comprehensive
                    Environmental Response, Compensation
                    and Liability Act (CERCLA) Priority
                    List, stakeholder responses, Toxic
                    Release Inventory, and pesticides
                    identified by the Office of Pesticide
                    Programs. Contaminants not among the
                    262 chemical contaminants initially
 identified were not considered in
 developing the CCL.
   Table 2 lists all of the contaminants
 on the CCL and indicates whether they
 are priorities for consideration under
 three categories—regulation, research
 (health, treatment, and analytical
 methods), and occurrence.
 (Contaminants may appear in more than
 one column of Table 2.) The groupings
 in Table 2 are based on current (1998)
 information, and some movement of
 contaminants between categories can be
 expected as more information is
 evaluated and analyzed. In Table 2,
 "Regulation Determination Priorities"
 means that for the contaminants listed,
 EPA believes it has or will soon have
 sufficient data to determine whether or
 not to regulate these contaminants.
 "Research Priorities" means that before
 EPA could make any regulatory
 determination, EPA would need health
 effects data, treatment technology
 results, or analytical methods
 development to test for the
 contaminants. "Occurrence Priorities"
 indicates that EPA needs data to
 determine whether the contaminant
 occurs or is likely to occur in drinking
 water of public water systems. The
 "Occurrence Priorities" identify the
 contaminants that EPA is focusing on in
 the Unregulated Contaminant
.Monitoring Program proposed today.
 EPA believes that the purpose of this.
 program is to compile data concerning
 the occurrence of unregulated
 contaminants in drinking water so that,
 together with health effects information,
 EPA can determine which unregulated
 contaminants are priorities for future
 regulation.

-------
                    Federal  Register/Vol. 64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                                         23403
                                     TABLE 2.—CONTAMINANT CANDIDATE LIST (CCL)
  Regulatory determination
         priorities
                                                     Research priorities
                              Health research
                            Treatment research
                           Analytical methods re-
                                 search
                                                                            Occurrence priorities
 Acanthamoeba (guidance)
 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane
 1,1-dichloroethane
 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene
 1,3-dichloropropene
 2,2-dichloropropane
 Aldrin
 Boron
 Bromobenzene
 Dieldrin
 Hexachlorobutadiene
 p-lsopropyltoluene
 Manganese
 Metolachlor
 Metribuzin
 Naphthalene
 Organotins
 Triazines and degradation
   products (incl., but not
   limited to Cyanazine and
   atrazine-desethyl)
 Sulfate
 Vanadium
Aeromonas hydrophila
Cyanobacteria (Blue-green
  algae), other freshwater
  algae, and their toxins
Calicivi ruses
Heiicobacter pylori
Microsporidia
Mycobacterium avium
  intercellulare (MAC)
1,1-dichloropropene
1,3-dichloropropane
Aluminum
DCPA mono-acid and di-
  acid degradates
Methyl bromide
MTBE
Perchlorate
Sodium (guidance)
Adenoviruses
Aeromonas hydrophila
Cyanobacteria (Blue-green
  algae), other freshwater
  algae, and their toxins
Caliciviruses
Coxsackieviruses (ICR
  data)
Echoviruses (ICR data)
Heiicobacter pylori
Microsporidia
Mycobacterium avium
  intracellulare (MAC)
Aluminum
MTBE
Perchlorate
Adenoviruses
Cyanobacteria (Blue-green
  algae), other freshwater
  algae, and their toxins
Caliciviruses
Heiicobacter pylori
Microsporidia
1,2-diphenylhydrazine
2,4,6-trichlorophenol
2,4-dichlorophenol
2,4-dinitrophenol
2-methyl-Phenol
Acetochlor
Alachlor ESA
Fonofos
Perchlorate
RDX
Adenoviruses
Aeromonas hydrophila
Cyanobacteria (Blue-green
  algae), other freshwater
  algae, and their toxins
Caliciviruses
Coxsackieviruses (ICR
  data)
Echoviruses (ICR data)
Heiicobacter pylori
Microsporidia
1,2-diphenylhydrazine
2,4,6-trichlorophenol
2,4-dichlorophenol
2,4-dinitrophenol
2,4-dinitrotoluene
2,6-dinitrotoluene
2-methyl-phenol
Alachlor ESA
Acetochlor
DCPA mono-acid and di-
  acid degradates
DDE
Diazinon
Disulfoton
Diuron
EPTC
Fonofos
Linuron
Molinate
MTBE
Nitrobenzene
Perchlorate
Prometon
RDX
Terbacil
Terbufos
   The CCL lists 26 chemical and 8
 microbiological contaminants as
 occurrence priorities because additional
 data on their occurrence in drinking
 water are needed to help decide
 whether or not to regulate them. Today's
 proposal does not address the two
 contaminants identified in the
 preparation of the CCL as highly
 localized in occurrence: Perchlorate and
 RDX (hexahydro-l,3,5-trinitro-l,3,5-
 triazine). During the.process of
 identifying contaminants for the CCL
 and subsequently for the UCMR,
 perchlorate had only been detected at a
 few sites in the western U.S. However,
 perchlorate is increasingly being
 detected in other parts of the country. A
 total of nine  States have detected
•perchlorate and as monitoring increases,
 other States are likely to detect it. EPA
 seeks public comment on whether
 perchlorate and RDX should be
 included in the UCM List.
   For the remaining 32 contaminants on
 the CCL Occurrence Priorities List, EPA
                has evaluated the availability of
                analytical methods published by EPA or
                voluntary consensus standards
                organizations such as the American
                Society for Testing and Materials
                (ASTM) and Standard Methods (SM). In
                addition, EPA prioritized analytical
                methods development activities for
                those compounds and microbiological
                parameters for which suitable analytical
                methods are not currently available. As
                listed in List  1 of Table 3 below, EPA
                identified 10 organic chemical
                contaminants and one microbiological
                contaminant for which analytic methods
                are now available.  List 1  contaminants
                are those that are proposed today to be
                monitored beginning on the effective
                date of this rule, as explained in 2., List
                of Contaminants to be Monitored. List 2
                of Table 3 lists 14 organic chemical'
                contaminants for which methods are
                being refined. List 3 of Table 3 identifies
                seven microbiological contaminants for
                which methods are being researched.
                Contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 are not
                                proposed to be monitored until EPA
                                promulgates revisions to this rule to
                                specify analytical methods and related
                                sampling requirements.
                                  In addition, EPA requests comment
                                on the addition to the unregulated
                                contaminant monitoring List 1 of two
                                naturally occurring radionuclides with
                                health concerns at low levels, Lead-210
                                (Pb-210), and Polonium-210  (Po-210).
                                Both nuclides are in the uranium decay
                                series along with radium-226 and radon-
                                222. Lead-210 with a half life of 22
                                years, and one of its progeny, polonium-
                                210, with a half life of 138 days, have
                                been found in drinking water. EPA is
                                aware of the occurrence of these
                                contaminant in shallow aquifers in
                                Florida (Harada, et al., 1989; Upchurch,
                                1991), and in at least two other states.
                                Because of potential occurrence and
                                consequent health risks, EPA is
                                considering adding these contaminants
                                to the monitoring list.

-------
23404
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
 (b) Regulatory Options
  EPA proposes in § 141.40(a)(3) that
 the contaminants listed in Lists 1-3 be
 used for the UCMR program monitoring
 list and be categorized based on the
 availability of analytical methods. List 1
 is the basis, for "Assessment
 Monitoring." EPA proposes that
 "Assessment Monitoring" occur at all
 2,774 large community and non-
 transient non-community systems
 serving more than 10,000 persons and a
 representative sample of approximately
 800 systems serving less than 10,000 or
 fewer persons in State Monitoring Plans.
 List 2 will be the basis of a "Screening
 Survey" of approximately 300 of the
 systems required to do Assessment
 Monitoring. List 3 will be used for "Pre-
 Screen Testing" at up to 200 systems
 selected because of potential
 vulnerability to the specific
 contaminants. This monitoring
 approach is described in detail under
 ffi.C. "Type of Monitoring Required of
 Public Water Systems Based on Listing
 Group." Assessment Monitoring would
 include only those contaminants in List
 1 for which analytical methods are
 included in this regulation. Assessment
 Monitoring (and associated "index site"
 monitoring described below) is the only
 monitoring that would be required by
 today's proposal. This includes
 contaminants for which EPA expects to
 have developed reference analytical
 methods by the year 2000.
  For contaminants in List 2 for which
 analytical methods are developed by the
 time of initial monitoring in 2001, EPA
would amend this rule to require the
 Screening Survey to be conducted at
selected systems. For those
 contaminants in List 2 and List 3 that do
 not have well developed methods by the
 time of initial monitoring in 2001, EPA
would issue a revision to this regulation
 to activate the contaminants at the time
 when the methods are considered
 implementable, up to the limit of 30
 contaminants to be monitored within
 the five-year contaminant listing cycle.
Monitoring for tiiose contaminants
 would then begin at a specified effective
 date in that prospective regulation.
Therefore, monitoring of contaminants
 on Lists 2 and 3 would not be required
by today's proposal and would only
 occur when EPA publishes a revision to
this regulation specifying the methods
to be used and the dates for monitoring
to begin, at which time EPA would
request public comment on the
methods. EPA solicits public comment
on the selection of these contaminants
using the CCL priorities for
contaminants needing occurrence data
before regulatory determination and the
                    activation for monitoring based on
                    methods availability.
                     EPA believes that die CCL process
                    already uses the best available
                    information on contaminants of concern
                    and emerging contaminants that may
                    need regulation. SDWA section 1445
                    (a) (2) (B) (ii) provides for the Governors
                    of seven or more states to petition the
                    Agency to add contaminants to the
                    Monitoring List. This petition process
                    allows for the flexibility to include
                    contaminants that are emerging as
                    concerns between the five-year listing
                    cycles. EPA, however, does request
                    public comment on other criteria that
                    the Agency may use to include
                    contaminants of concern on the UCM
                    List that are not on the CCL and may not
                    be identified through a Governors'
                    Petition, such as Polonium-210, noted
                    above.

                    (c) Analytical Methods Applicable to
                    the Monitoring List
                     The Monitoring List is developed
                    around the availability to analytical
                    methods for the listed contaminants and
                    the level of information available for
                    them at this time. The discussion below
                    highlights analytical methods
                    considerations in listing the
                    contaminants for monitoring. Only the
                    contaminants identified on List 1 will
                    be monitored as a result of today's
                    proposal. Contaminants on Lists 2 and
                    3 below are proposed for the
                    Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
                    List, but will not be activated for
                    monitoring until EPA believes that the
                    analytical methods can be applied to
                    obtain reliable results. At that time, EPA
                    will propose List 2 and 3 contaminants
                    for monitoring.

                    (i) Chemical Analytical Methods
                     The ability to correctly identify a
                    chemical contaminant is directiy related
                    to the type of chemical and the
                    analytical method used. Compounds
                    such as disinfection byproducts are far
                    less likely to be misidentified than
                    pesticides because they are typically
                    present at relatively high concentrations
                    in disinfected waters, while pesticides
                    are much less likely to occur, or occur
                    at lower concentrations. The analytical
                    method selected will determine the
                    accuracy of the qualitative
                    identification. In general, the most
                    reliable qualitative identifications will
                    come from methods that use mass
                    spectral data for contaminant
                    identification. However, these methods
                    are typically less sensitive than methods
                    that rely on less selective detectors.
                     Before EPA establishes a Maximum
                    Contaminant Level (MCL), the Agency
                    relies on a analytical method suitable
for routine monitoring. It is likely that
analytical methods in general use by
laboratories performing drinking water
analyses may not exist for some of the
compounds proposed to be measured in
the UCMR program. Complex analytical
methods or methods requiring special
handling often require more
experienced laboratories than the
laboratories performing routine
compliance monitoring. Even when
analytical methods that are in general
use by analytical laboratories are  •
available, limiting the analyses to a
small number of laboratories operating
under strict quality control
requirements improves the precision
and accuracy of the analyses, thereby
increasing the usefulness of the data.
  The option favored by many
stakeholders and proposed today by
EPA for conducting the chemical
laboratory analyses is the following:
  For PWSs serving more than 10,000
people, the PWS would be responsible
for sample collection and analyses for
unregulated contaminant Assessment
Monitoring. This monitoring could be
conducted at the same time as the
required compliance monitoring. For
unregulated contaminant Assessment
Monitoring, however, EPA is proposing
in § 141.40(a)(3) to require quality
control procedures for both sampling
and testing to ensure that the data
collected under this regulation are of
sufficient quality to meet the
requirements of the related regulatory
decisions. Thus, today's proposal
specifies the analytical methods and
procedures to be used in obtaining these
data. The sampling and associated
quality control requirements cover time
frame, frequency, sample collection and
submission, and review and reporting of
results. The laboratory testing quality
control requirements address use of a
certified laboratory, sample collection/
preservation, analytical methods,
method detection limit, calibration,
quality control sample, method
performance test, detection
confirmation, and reporting.
  The purpose for these quality control
requirements is to ensure that since EPA
will only be able to obtain results from
3,574 systems (2,774 large systems and
a representative sample of 800 systems
from 65,600 systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons), the Agency obtains the
most reliable data possible. EPA will
provide a guidance manual to further
explain these quality control measures
that would need to be performed for all
unregulated contaminant monitoring.
For systems that are part of State Plans
for representative samples, the sampling
guidance, "UCMR Guidance for
Operators of Public Water Systems

-------
                   Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23405
Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons" is
available. Drafts of the guidance and
manual "UCMR Analytical Methods and
Quality Control Manual" are available
for public comment with this proposed
rule through the EPA Safe Drinking
Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or
through EPA's Office of Ground Water
and Drinking Water Homepage at
www.epa.gov/ogwdw. EPA would apply
these same testing and quality control
procedures to the samples of all
monitored systems. These proposed
procedures are discussed in more detail
in section 5, Monitoring Requirements
under the Proposed UCMR.
  EPA is specifying the use of certain
analytical methods that are currently
available for UCM (see Table 5,
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
List, in A.2(a) column 3). While these
methods are routinely used by
commercial and public water system
laboratories (including some that are
currently used for compliance
monitoring), they have not been
routinely used for the contaminants on
the UCM List. Note that, as shown in
§ 141.40(a) (3), Table 1, methods other
than those that EPA has developed may
be approved for use but quality control
procedures must also be followed, as
specified in §141.40(a)(4) and (5), and
appendix A. EPA is requesting
comments on the methods which have
been specified for the contaminants  on
the UCM List.
  The data quality needs associated
with drinking water chemical
compliance monitoring and the
evaluation and use of occurrence data
are different. The purpose of
compliance monitoring is to determine
whether a compound is present
currently in the drinking water above
the established MCL. However, the
purpose of the UCM is to obtain
occurrence data to support future
regulatory decisions. The data required
to make regulatory decisions must be of
high quality. All analytical methods are
subject to false negatives (not detecting
a contaminant when it is present), false
positives (either incorrectly identifying
or detecting a contaminant, or
introducing a contaminant into a sample
when it is not present), and errors in the
accuracy and precision of quantitative
results.                           ... ;.
  The control of false negatives is
important for both compliance and
occurrence monitoring. However, using
analytical methods which inherently
have fewer false positives or requiring
quality control elements that control
false positives, is more critical in
occurrence than in compliance
monitoring. There are much greater
incentives inherent in compliance
monitoring (e.g., the possibility of
enforcement actions, the potential need
to install expensive treatment systems,
etc., to confirm that the contaminant
detected is indeed present) than in
occurrence data gathering.
  For occurrence monitoring, the
precision of the analyses is more critical
than in compliance monitoring. Unless
the concentration of the contaminant
closely approaches the MCL, even
relatively imprecise data can be used to
ensure the data user that the compound
is not present at a concentration above
the MCL. However, the usefulness of
occurrence data is much more
dependent upon the precision of the
measurement. The ability to perform
meaningful statistical analysis, e.g., to
determine the percentage of waters in
the United States that have compound
X at or above the minimum reporting
level (MRL), or to determine whether
compound X occurs more frequently or
at higher concentrations in one type of
water or geographical region of the
country, is directly dependent on the
precision of the data.
  The Agency has evaluated analytical
methods developed by both EPA and
other voluntary consensus standards
organizations that publish analytical
methods, such as Standard Methods and
the American Society for Testing and
Materials. The Agency has not approved
analytical methods published only in
analytical journals or methods that use
techniques that cannot routinely be
used by all drinking water analysis
laboratories (e.g., acid, base/neutral
fractionation, or packed column gas
chromatography). Because control of
"false negatives" is essential to the
quality of the data collected under this
proposed regulation, documentation of
the contaminants' stability under the
sample and extract holding conditions
specified in the analytical method were
also evaluated.
  For the compounds selected to be
included in this regulation, the
following summary. Table 3, Status of
Analytical Methods for Chemical
Contaminants on the UCM List, presents
a brief assessment of methods
availability for each chemical
contaminant. EPA requests public
comment on this assessment of methods
availability.
            TABLE 3.—STATUS OF ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS ON THE UCM LIST
List 1 — Organic chemical
contaminant
2,4-dinitrotoluene 	
2,6-dinitrotoluene 	
DCPA mono acid
degradates.
DCPA di acid degradates
4,4'-DDE 	
EPTC 	

CAS No.
121-14-2
606-20-2
887-54-7
2136-79-0
72-55-9
759-94-4
Analytical Methods
EPA 525.2
EPA 525.2
EPA 515.1
EPA 515.2
D5317-93
AOAC 992.32
EPA 51 5.1
EPA 515.2
D5317-93
AOAC 992.32
EPA 508
EPA 508.1
EPA 525.2
D5812-96
AOAC 990.06
EPA 507
EPA 525.2
D5475-93
AOAC 991 .07
Status of availability
Method is adequate for monitoring.
Method is adequate for monitoring.
Mo method is available to measure the mono and di acid forms separately.
All of the approved methods identify total mono and di acid forms.
NO method is available to measure the mono and di acid forms separately.
All of the approved methods identify total mono and di acid forms.
Methods are adequate for monitoring.
Methods are adequate for monitoring.

-------
23406
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
     TABLE 3.—STATUS OF ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS ON THE UCM LIST—Continued
Ust 1 — Organic chemical
contaminant
Molinate 	
MTBE 	
Nitrobenzene 	
Terbacil 	

Ust 2 — Organic chemical
contaminant
1,2-diphenyihydrazine 	
2,4,6-trtchlorophenol 	 	
2,4-dlchlorophenoI 	
2,4-dMtrophenol 	
2-melhy -phenol 	
Alachlor ESA and deg-
radation byproducts of
acetanilide pesticides.
Acetochlor 	
Pifl?fnon ,.,..,....,..,,......,....,
Disulfoton 	
Diuron 	 	 	
Fonofos 	
LJnuron 	
Prometon 	

CAS No.
2212-67 1
1634-04-4
98-95-3
5902-51-2

CAS No.
122-66-7
88-06-2
120-83-2
51-28-5
95-48-7

34256-82-1
333-41-5
298-04-4
330-54-1
944-22-9
330-55-2
1610-18-0

Analytical Methods
EPA 507
EPA 525.2
D5475-93
AOAC991.07
EPA 524 2
D5790-95
SM6210D
EPA 524.2
D5790-95
SM6210D
EPA 507
EPA 525.2
D5475-93
.AOAC991.07
Availability of ana-
lytical methods
In development 	
In development 	
In development 	
In development 	
In development 	
To be determined ..
In development 	
In development
In development 	
In development 	
In development 	
In development 	
In development

Status of availability
Methods are adequate for monitoring
Methods ar© adequate for monitoring
Methods are adequate for monitoring.
Methods are adequate for monitoring

Status of availability
Some methods evaluated but inadequate. Priority for analytical method de-
velopment. Anticipate that contaminant will be added to EPA Method
525.2.
EPA Method 552 evaluated but subject to false positives from interferences
of the derivitized byproduct of the contaminant. Anticipate that contaminant
will be included in a new solid phase extraction/GC/MS method currently
under development.
EPA Method 552 evaluated but subject to quantitative uncertainty due to in-
adequate derivatization of the contaminant. Anticipate that contaminant will
be included in a new solid phase extraction/GC/MS method currently
under development.
Some methods evaluated but inadequate. Anticipate that contaminant will be
included in a new solid phase extraction/GC/MS method currently under
development.
Some methods evaluated but inadequate Anticipate that contaminant will be
included in a new solid phase extraction/GC/MS method currently under
development.
EPA is evaluating which specific contaminants will be included within this
group of compounds. Analytical methods will be determined for the tar-
geted contaminants.
No adequate method available. Anticipate that this compound can be added
to the scope of EPA Method 525.2
Diazinon is listed as an contaminant in several EPA and voluntary con-
sensus standard organization methods but it is subject to rapid aqueous
degradation. Preservation research currently being conducted to develop
preservation technique that would permit adding this compound to EPA
Method 525.2.
Oisulfoton is listed as an contaminant in several EPA and voluntary con-
sensus standard organization methods but it is subject to rapid aqueous
degradation. Preservation research currently be conducted to develop
preservation technique that would permit adding this compound to EPA
Method 525.2.
While this compound is included in the scope of NPS Method 4 (LLE/HLPC/
UV) and EPA Method 553(SPE/HPLC/MS), these methods are not ade-
quate for this monitoring. Anticipate that this compound can be included in
a new SPE/HPLC/UV method currently being developed.
Fonofos is listed as an contaminant in several EPA and voluntary consensus
standard organization methods but it is subject to rapid aqueous degrada-
tion. Preservation research is currently being conducted to develop preser-
vation technique that would permit adding this compound to EPA Method
525.2.
While this compound is included in the scope of NPS Method 4 (LLE/HLPC/
UV) and EPA Method 553(SPE/HPLC/MS), these methods are not ade-
quate for this monitoring. Anticipate that this compound can be included in
a new SPE/HPLC/UV method currently being developed.
Prometon is listed as an contaminant in several EPA and voluntary con-
sensus standard organization methods but it is subject to rapid aqueous
degradation in non-acidified samples and is not readily extracted in acidi-
fied samples. Preservation research is currently being conducted to add
neutralizing the pH of acidified samples just prior to extraction. This would
permit adding this compound to EPA Method 525.2.

-------
                    Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April  30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                                23407
List 2— Organic chemical
contaminant
Terbufos 	

CAS No. #
13071-79-9

Availability of ana-
lytical methods
In development

Status of availability
Terbufos is listed as an contaminant in several EPA and voluntary con-
sensus standard organization methods but it is subject to rapid aqueous
degradation. Preservation research is currently being conducted to de-
velop a preservation technique that would permit adding this compound to
EPA Method 525.2.
(ii) Microbiological Analytical Methods

  The discussion of data quality for
chemical analytical methods will also
apply to microbiological testing when
analytical methods are developed for
CCL microorganisms. When
microorganisms were proposed for the
CCL, EPA recognized that analytical
methods were not well developed for
the majority of them. Because of the lack
of available analytical methods, some of
the CCL microorganisms were grouped
either into one category where sufficient
information was available about
methodologies to consider regulating
them, or another category where more
research, including research on
detection methods and occurrence, was
needed. At the present time, Aeromonzts
is the only one of these microorganisms
       for which more occurrence data are
       needed that also has an analytical
       method that is likely to be sufficiently
       developed for monitoring in time for
       implementation in the first round of
       Assessment Monitoring, List 1, under
       this proposed program. Three other
       microorganisms have methods available,
       but EPA is presently refining these
       methods. These microorganisms may be
       candidates for the Screening Survey if
       methods development proceeds
       expeditiously (§ 141.40(a)(3), Table 1,
       List 2), but are currently identified for
       Pre-Screen Testing CTable 1, List 3). The
       remaining four microorganisms
       currently lack satisfactory methods and
       will be evaluated for Pre-Screen Testing.
         Several microorganisms on the CCL
       are actually groups of microorganism
       taxa. In some cases, the taxa have so
                many members that, given the limited
                resources available for UCMR
                monitoring, EPA may have to prioritize
                which strains, species, or serotypes are
                the most important to consider and
                target for monitoring or further study.
                Decisions will have to be made on the
                basis of health risk, disinfection
                resistance, occurrence in water, and
                other factors. To address the need to
                prioritize which microorganisms should
                be targeted for monitoring, EPA's Office
                of Research and Development is
                assisting the Office of Ground Water and
                Drinking Water in establishing a
                research program for health effects,
                treatment and analytical methods. EPA
                is requesting public comment on the
                assessment of methods availability and
                related issues presented below in Table
                4.
         TABLE 4.—STATUS OF ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL CONTAMINANTS ON THE UCM LIST
 List 1—Microbiological contaminant
  Availability of analytical method
                   Status of availability
Aeromonas hydrophila	
 List 3—Microbiological contaminant
Cyanobacteria  (blue-green   algae,
  other  freshwater algae and  their
  toxins).
Echovi ruses
Coxsackieviruses
Helicobacter pylori
Analytical method likely to be avail-
  able for monitoring.
Methods available but not standard-
  ized.
Methods available but not standard-
  ized.
Methods available but not standard-
  ized.
No method currently available	
Current modification and evaluation of a published membrane fil-
  tration method (Havelaar et al., 1987) indicates that this meth-
  od will be suitable for the monitoring program.

Methods are available for counting cyanobacteria but new, stand-
  ardized methods are needed for direct counts of targeted spe-
  cies with filtration methods or a counting chamber. Standard-
  ized analytical methods are also needed to detect the more im-
  portant cyanobacterial toxins.
With care to control overgrowths, echoviruses can be cultured on
  BGM cells and detected by ICR method  but need methods
  such as serological  typing to distinguish from other viruses.
  Cost of cell culture assays plus serotyping can be high.  PCR
  methods, which are not available, are  subject to interferences
  and do not demonstrate infectivity.
Group B Coxsackieviruses are easy to grow in tissue culture but
  group   A   Coxsackieviruses   are   variable.   Culturable
  Coxsackieviruses can be detected with  the ICR  method but
  serotyping  is  needed to distinguish coxsackie from other vi-
  ruses. Other detection methods such as immunoassay or  PCR
  do not exist. New, standardized methods are needed.
Helicobacter pylori is difficult  to grow due to slow growth and the
  need for a low oxygen environment No selective medium  exist
  that will discriminate H. pylori from background bacteria.  A
  culturable method  that demonstrates viability is preferred.
  Methods are  needed for  selective growth and identification.
  IMS has been used to concentrate Helicobacter pylori.  PCR
  methods have been used  but are  not preferred due to inter-
  ferences and the inability to demonstrate viability.

-------
 23408
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
   TABLE 4.—STATUS OF ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL CONTAMINANTS ON THE UCM LIST—Continued
  List 1—Microbiological contaminant
               Availability of analytical method
                  Status of availability
 Microsporidia,
             No method currently available
 Adenovi ruses
             No method currently available
 Caliciviruses	
             No method currently available ,
No methods are available for the monitoring of the two species of
  human microspordia which have a waterbome route of trans-
  mission (Enterocytozoon bienuesi and Septata  intest/nalis).
  Oocysts could  possibly be detected by methods similar to
  those being developed for Cryptosporidium. Potential methods
  may utilize water filtration, clean-up with immunomagnetic sep-
  aration (IMS) and detection  using microscopy with either fluo-
  rescent antibody or gene probe procedures. Due to the small
  size of microsporidia, problems could be encountered during
  filtration.
Adenoviruses serotypes 1 to 39 can be grown in tissue culture
  but enteric adenoviruses 40  to 41 are difficult to grow. Several
  selective tissue culture methods and detection methods have
  been reported. A selective, standardized method is needed for
  monitoring. PCR methods are not preferred because  of inter-
  ferences and inability to demonstrate infectivity.
No tissue culture  methods exist for the two caliciviruses on the
  CCL (Norwalk and Snow Mountain). No sensitive or fully devel-
  oped detection methods exist. PCR methods are not preferred
  due to interferences and the inability to demonstrate infectivity.
 (d) Screening Methods
  SDWA section 1445(i) requires EPA to
 review new analytical methods that may
 be used for regulated contaminants
 screening and analysis. After this
 review, EPA may approve such methods
 that are deemed "more accurate or cost-
 effective than established reference
 methods for use in compliance
 monitoring." Section 1445(a)(2)(G) also
 allows States to use screening methods
 approved by the Administrator for
 unregulated contaminant monitoring.
 These methods are expected to provide
 flexibility in compliance monitoring to
 water systems and laboratories
 performing analysis on behalf on these
 systems. They are expected to be "better
 and/or faster" than existing analytical
 methods. EPA is developing a
 framework for the use of screening
 procedures for monitoring drinking
 water contaminants, and determining
 how the Agency will approve or
 recommend screening procedures for
 specific contaminants.
 2. List of Contaminants To Be
 Monitored
 (a) Proposed Monitoring List
  Table 5, Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring List (Proposed), presents
 EPA's proposal for the initial list of
 unregulated contaminants for
 monitoring under section
 l445(a)(2)(B)(i). The monitoring
 program that EPA proposes for these
 contaminants is a three-tiered approach
based on the availability of information
about each contaminant and the
 availability of analytical methods for
each contaminant. This approach is
described in section C., Type of
Monitoring Required of Public Water
                    Systems Based on Listing Group. The
                    proposed monitoring program divides
                    the listed unregulated contaminants into
                    three lists: List 1, for which Assessment
                    Monitoring will be required. List 2,
                    designated for the Screening Survey;
                    and List 3, designated for Pre-screen
                    Testing. Today's proposed regulation
                    only requires Assessment Monitoring
                    for List 1 contaminants beginning on the
                    proposed effective date of January 1,
                    2001. The monitoring for contaminants
                    on Lists 2 and 3 will only be required
                    after EPA promulgates further rules.
                      EPA proposes requiring Assessment
                    Monitoring for those contaminants for
                    which methods exist at the time this
                    regulation is promulgated; as a result,
                    some contaminants from List 2 may
                    move to List 1 if EPA considers their
                    methods reliable by promulgation of the
                    final regulation. Also, by future
                    rulemaking, EPA plans to implement
                    the Screening Survey (List 2) monitoring
                    in groups or batches of contaminants,
                    rather than one contaminant at a time,
                    to minimize sampling and testing costs
                    since some of the contaminants may be
                    tested by the same method. EPA
                    proposes to take a similar approach with
                    the contaminants in the Pre-Screen
                    Testing (List 3) category. EPA plans to
                    require,  through future rulemaking Pre-
                    Screen Testing for contaminants for
                    which EPA needs to determine that new
                    analytical methods can measure their
                    existence in locations most likely to be
                    found. All analytical methods for
                    contaminants on Lists 2 and 3 would be
                    peer reviewed, following EPA's policy
                    for peer review, before the Agency
                    proposes regulations which would
                    require public water systems to monitor
                    for them. EPA is seeking comment on
                    the approach of a three-tiered
               monitoring program for unregulated
               contaminants and on the proposed list
               of contaminants to be monitored.
                 In Table 5, List 1 contaminants, for
               Assessment Monitoring, are organic
               chemicals and one microbiological
               contaminant for which analytical
               methods capable of generating the
               quantity and quality of data required
               under the UCMR are currently available,
               or expected to be available by
               promulgation of the final rule (August
               1999). Monitoring for these
               contaminants would be required under
               today's proposed UCMR. These
               contaminants are in today's proposed
               rule, § 141.40(a)(3), Table 1,
               Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
               List, List 1.
                 List 2 contaminants (all organic
               chemicals, at this time), contaminants
               for the Screening Survey, are those for
               which EPA is currently refining
               analytical methods. Development of
               these methods should be sufficient for a
               Screening Survey to be conducted in the
               first three years of the listing cycle, but
               may occur in the later years of the cycle.
               If methods are available for any of these
               contaminants before promulgation of
               the final rule, they will be added to
               Assessment Monitoring, List 1. These
               contaminants are characterized in
               today's proposed rule at Table 1,
               Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
               List, List 2.
                 List 3 contaminants (all
               microbiological contaminants, at this
               time), contaminants for Pre-screen
               Testing, are those for which EPA has
               begun or shortly will begin analytical
               methods development, but completion
               of those efforts is not expected prior to
               the Assessment Monitoring or Screening
               Survey required under implementation

-------
                  Federal Register /Vol. 64, No. 83/Fridays April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                  23409
of this regulation. Instead, these
contaminants would be tested for in Pre-
Screen Testing. These contaminants are
in today's proposed rule at
§ 141.40(a)(3) as Table 1, Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring List, List 3.
  The column headings of Table 5
include:
1—Chemical or microbiological
  contaminant: the name of the
  contaminants to be analyzed.
2—CAS No. (Chemical Abstract Service
  Number): a unique number
  identifying the chemical
  contaminants.
3—Analytical Methods: method
  numbers identifying the methods that
  could be used to test the
  contaminants.
4—Minimum Reporting Level: the value
  and unit of measure at or above which
  the concentration or density of the
  contaminant must be measured using
  the Approved Analytical Methods.
5—Sampling Location: the locations
  within a PWS at which samples must
  be collected.
6—Date Monitoring to Begin: The years
  during which the sampling and
  testing are to occur for the indicated
  contaminant.
                       TABLE 5.—UNREGULATED CONTAMINANT MONITORING LIST (PROPOSED)
1— Contaminant
2— CAS identifica-
tion No.
3— Analytical methods
4 — Minimum report-
ing level
5 — Sampling loca-
tion
6— Date moni-
toring to begin
                             List 1—Assessment Monitoring: Organic Chemical Contaminants
2,4-dinitrotoluene 	
2,6-dinitrotoluene 	
DCPA mono acid degradate 	
DCPA di acid degradate 	 	
4,4'-DDE 	 	
EPTC 	 ....
Molinate 	
MTBE 	 	 	 :..
Nitrobenzene 	
Terbacil 	

121-14-2
606-20-2
887-54-7
2136-79-0
72-55-9
759-94-4
2212-67-1
1634-04--*
98-95-3
5902-51-2

EPA525J2"
EPA 525.2"
EPA 515.1 "
EPA 515.2"
531 7-93 b
AOAC 992.32=
EPA 515.1 "
EPA 51 5.2*
D5317-93"
AOAC 992.32-=
EPA 508 a
EPA 508.1 "
EPA 525 J2"
D5812-96>>
EPA 507 a
EPA 507"
EPA 525.2"
05475-93"
AOAC 991 .07=
EPA 524.2"
5790-95"
SM6210D"
EPA 524.2"
D5790-95"
SM6210D"
EPA 507"
EPA 525.2"
5475-93"
AOAC 991 .07=
2.4 ug/Le
2.0 ug/Lc
1.0ug/L<=
1.0 ug/L<=
0.75 ug/Lc
1.2 ug/Le
0.87 ug/L<=
5.0 ug/Ls
12 ug/Ls
23 ug/L=

EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf

2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003
2001-2003

                              List 1—Assessment Monitoring: Microbiological Contaminants
Aeromonas Hydrophila 	

Reserved11
Membrane filter, in re-
view
Chemical contaminant CAS identification
1 colony forming
unit
Anticipated analytical methods
(1) Near end of dis-
tribution line with
longest residence
time; (2) at a rep-
resentative site in
the distribution
system
2001-2003
Minimum reporting level • Samp{|^ IOCa"
     List 2—Screening Survey: Organic Chemical Contaminants (To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability)
1 ,2-diphenylhydrazine 	
2-metnyl-phenol 	
2,4-dichlorophenol 	
2,4-dinitrophenol 	
2,4,6-trichlorophenoI 	
Acetochlor 	 	 	
Alachlor ESA 	 	 	
niqrinnn ,,,,.,,..,,„,,, ,
Disulfoton 	 	 	
122-66-7
95-48-7
120-83-2
51-28-5
88-06-2
34256-82-1

333-41-5
298-04-4
EPA 525.2:
SPE/GC/MS i
SPE/GC/MS1
SPE/GC/MS1
SPE/GC/MS i
EPA 525.2 !
TBD"
EPA 525.2 k
EPA 525.2^
TBDh
TBD"
TBDh
TBD"
TBD"
TBD"
TBD"
TBD"
TBD"
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf

-------
 23410
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday,  April  30,  1999/Proposed Rules

Chemical contaminant
Diuron 	
Fonofos 	
Unuron 	
Prometon 	
Terbufos 	


CAS identification
No.
330-54—1
944-22-9
330-55-2
1610-18-0
13071-79-9


Anticipated analytical methods
SPE/HPLC/UVJ
EPA 525 2'
SPE/HPLC/UVJ
EPA 525 2*
EPA 525 2k


Minimum reporting level e
TBDh
TBD"
TBDb
TBDh
TBD"


Sampling loca-
tion
FPTn«? f
EPTDSf
EPTDS f
EPTDS f
EPTDSf

   •The version of the EPA methods being approved will be dependent upon the status of the approval of new versions for compliance moni-
 toring. If appropriate regulations approving new versions of EPA compliance monitoring methods are completed prior to the promulgation of this
 regulation, the following versions of the above methods will be approved. Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking
 Water—Supplement 111, EPA-600/R-95-131, August 1995. NTIS PB95-261616. Copies are also available from the National Technical Informa-
 tion Service (NTJS), U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. The toll-free number is 800-553-6847.
   If new regulations changing the versions of methods being approved for compliance monitoring are not completed prior to the promulgation of
 this regulation, then the following versions of the EPA methods are being approved for monitoring under the  Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 Rule. Methods 507,508, and 515.1 are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water, EPA-600/4-88-039, Decem-
 ber 1988, Revised, July 1991. Methods 515.2 and 524.2 are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water—Sup-
 plement II, EPA/600/R-92/129, August 1992. These documents are available from the National Technical Information Service, (NTIS) U.S. De-
 partment of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161  (800) 553-6847.  Methods 508.1  and 525.2 are available from US
 EPA NERL—Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, (513) 569-7586.
   »Annual Book of ASTMStandards,  1996 and 1998, Vol. 11.02, American Society for Testing and Materials.  Method D5812-96 is located in
 the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1998, Vol. 11.02. Methods D5790-95, D5475-93, and D5317-93 are  located in the Annual Book of ASTM
 Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol 11.02. Copies may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and  Materials, 101  Barr Harbor Drive,
 West Conshohocken, PA 19428.
   "Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC (Association of Official Analytical Chemist) International, Sixteenth Edition, 4th Revision, 1998, Volume
 I, AOAC International, First Union National Bank Lockbox, PO Box 75198, Baltimore, MD 21275-5198.1-800-379-2622.
   <»18th and 19th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995, American Public Health Associa-
 tion; either edition may be used. Copies may be obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington,
 DC 20005.
   •Minimum Reporting Level determined by multiplying by 10 the least sensitive method's minimum detection limit (MDL=standard deviation
 times the Studenrs T value for 99% confidence level with n-1 degrees of freedom), or when available, multiplying by 5 the least sensitive meth-
 od's estimated detection limit (where the EDL equals the concentration of compound yielding approximately a 5 to 1 signal to noise ratio or the
 calculated MDL, whichever is greater).
   'Entry Points to the Distribution System, After Treatment.
   t Minimum Reporting Levels (MRL) for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) determined by multiplying either the published Method Detection
 Limit (MDL) or 0.5 ug/L times 10, whichever is greater. The MDL of 0.5 ug/L (0.0005 mg/L) was selected to conform to VOC MDL requirements
 of 40 CFR 141-24{f){17(E).
   »
-------
                   Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday; April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23411
require monitoring for up to 30
contaminants during any listing cycle.
  The contaminants beyond 30 are ones
for which PWSs might voluntarily
provide data if they monitored for them
for their own purposes. These
additionally identified contaminants
might also be ones for which PWSs
might send EPA samples to be tested
and analyzed (by EPA) if the Agency is
developing or recently developed a
provisional analytical method for them.
EPA is preparing a guidance document
specifying the procedures for voluntary
submission of such data in the future to
the National Contaminant Occurrence
Database (NCOD). EPA requests public
comment on maintaining a UCM List of
more than 30 contaminants, but limiting
PWS monitoring to 30 contaminants in
any five-year UCMR listing cycle.
(c) Modifying the Monitoring List
through the Governors' Petition
  Section 1445(a)(2)(B)(ii) of SDWA
provides that the Administrator shall
include in the UCM List each
contaminant recommended in a petition
signed by the Governor of each of seven
or more States, unless the Administrator
determines that the action would
prevent the listing of contaminants of a
higher public health concern.
  The statutory provision acknowledges
the roles of States in setting priorities
for developing health-based drinking
water standards. The Governors'
petition also provides a formal
mechanism for addressing drinking
water contaminants of concern that are
identified between the periodic
updating of the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring Rule and the
parallel five-year cycle of the
Contaminant Candidate List.

(i) Circumstances Affecting the
Governors' Petition
  Given the requirement that the
petition be signed by seven Governors,
die petition process is likely to be used
only when a contaminant has been
identified in drinking water or sources
of drinking water that appear to
necessitate prompt action to determine
its extent of occurrence. Under EPA's
present approach to preparing the
Contaminant Candidate List, with States
and otiier stakeholders providing input
for setting health-based priorities for
research and standard-setting,
contaminants of concern are likely to be
addressed, at least initially, by special
studies to determine the significance of
their occurrence. One example of an
emerging contaminant would be methyl
tert butyl ether (MTBE). EPA is working
with the U.S. Geological Survey to
collect information on the occurrence of
MTBE in northeastern States.
Perchlorate is another example of an
emerging contaminant of concern; the
CCL notes that occurrence information
is needed and will likely be obtained
through special studies. California is
studying perchlorate occurrence by
requesting all water utilities with
vulnerable  sources to monitor for it and
other States are also monitoring for this
contaminant.
  Given the necessary resources, EPA
expects that well-designed studies will,
in many cases, more expeditiously
determine the significance of a critical
new contaminant's occurrence than the
regulatory process of requiring
monitoring through  the UCMR.
However, today's proposal includes a
codification of this statutory petition
process.

(ii) Response to Governors' Petition
  EPA proposes the following approach
to contaminants contained in a
Governors'  petition. If the UCMR List
contains fewer than  30 contaminants,
the Administrator would add the
recommended contaminants) to the
UMCR list as expeditiously as the
regulatory process and the availability
of (an) acceptable analytical method(s)
allow. Representative monitoring of
small systems, however,  could be
delayed if EPA is devoting all the
resources authorized by statute or
appropriated to UCMR Assessment
Monitoring and Screening Survey, and
the monitoring of the State-
recommended contaminants) would
prevent monitoring of other
contaminants of a higher health concern
by direcdy replacing them or by making
the collection and testing of the
remaining contaminants  more difficult
to conduct, adding costs not anticipated.
The other possibility is to conduct Pre-
Screen Testing for the contaminant if a
method was at die stage of development
to allow its application in a highly
controlled laboratory setting. This
testing would focus on PWSs that might
be more likely locations for the
contaminant to occur.
  If the UCMR list is at the statutory
maximum of 30 contaminants for which
monitoring is required, the
Administrator must determine whether
a State-recommended contaminant is of
a higher public health concern than one
of the contaminants  already on the list.
The ideal approach would be to
compare the contaminant's occurrence
weighted by the degree to which
populations are exposed  to levels above
a health-based criterion. Although not
required, the Governors' petition would
likely cite State and/or other evidence of
widespread contamination or potential
for contamination. Health effects
information may be minimal,
particularly for probable drinking water
exposures. In such a case, the
Administrator would need to compare
all the information available on the
State-recommended contaminants)
related to public health concerns,
including special concerns for children
and other sensitive subpopulations, and
the availability of analytical methods to
tiiat of the contaminants on the UCMR
list, to determine which, if any,
contaminant(s) on the list of
contaminants for which monitoring is
required it/they should replace.
B. Public Water Systems Subject to the
UCMR
  The monitoring in these proposed
revisions focuses ultimately on
determining, on a national basis, die
occurrence or likely occurrence of
contaminants in drinking water of
community water systems (CWS) and
non-transient non-community water
systems (NTNCWS). For regulatory
purposes, public water systems are
categorized as "community water
systems," or "non-community water
systems." Community water systems are
specifically defined as "public water
systems which serve at least 15 service
connections used by year-round
residents or regularly serve at least 25
year-round residents." (40 CFR 141.2) A
""non-community water system" means
any other public water system. Non-
community water systems include
nontranisent non-community water
systems and transient non-community
water systems. Non-community water
systems are available to serve the
public, but are not used on a year-round
basis in most cases. Non-transient
systems regular serve at least 25 of the
same persons over six months per year
(e.g., schools). Transient systems do not
regularly serve at least 25 of die same
persons over six montiis per year.
  One of the factors to be considered in
establishing die revised UCM program
under die 1996 SDWA Amendments is
the number of persons served by a
system. With respect to size, about 2,774
large systems (each serving more tiian
10,000 persons) provide drinking water
to about 80 percent of die U.S.
population served by public water
systems. Under today's proposed
regulation, all large systems would be
required to monitor die unregulated
contaminants specified in § 141.40(a)(3).
  Section 1445(a)(2)(A)  requires tiiat die
UCMR ensure tiiat only a representative
sample of systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons be required to monitor
unregulated contaminants. The small
community water systems, each serving

-------
 23412
Federal Register /Vol.  64, No. 83/Friday, April  30,  1999/Proposed Rules
 10.000 or fewer persons, and the non-
 transient, non-community water
 systems total 65,636 systems. EPA
 proposes that these systems be the set
 from which the national representative
 sample of systems is selected. EPA
 proposes that transient non-community
 systems be excluded from unregulated
 contaminant monitoring requirements.
 The variation in the 97.000 transient
 systems would be difficult to reflect in
 a national representative sample and
 could be very costly. Furthermore,
 projecting contaminant exposure results
 from such systems would be complex
 and inconclusive because of the
 transient nature of the population that
 uses them. The results from the very
 small community and non-transient,
 non-community systems (NTNCWS)
 could be extrapolated to these systems.
  EPA will pay for the reasonable costs
 of monitoring for this representative
 sample, as long as the systems are part
 of a State Monitoring Plan. The Agency
 proposes that each system be selected
 through the use of a random number
 generator and monitored according to a
 nationally representative sample plan
 developed on the basis of population
 served by PWSs in each State. This is
 necessary to ensure the validity of the
 sample nationally and because EPA
 typically has the least information about
 these systems and needs a consistent
 base of data for program development.
 EPA proposes that a national sample of
 approximately 800 systems serving
 10,000 or fewer persons would be
 statistically drawn from the national
 population served by PWSs. Section F,
 "Representative Sample of Systems
 Serving 10.000 or Fewer Persons,"
each size range of small systems will be
based on the proportion of the State's
population served by that size range
within water source type. The State-
based component of this national
representative sample, called a State
Monitoring Plan (or State Plan), would
be reviewed and if necessary modified
by a State. The resulting State Plans
would then be part of a national sample
framework, providing the representative
national sample requisite to drawing
national conclusions.
  Additionally, to provide an improved
understanding of contaminants and
conditions affecting small systems, and
additional quality assurance for this
small sample, EPA proposes to
statistically select up to 30 small public
water systems from the systems in State
Monitoring Plans using a random
number generator as "index" sites at
which contaminants would be
monitored for every year during the five
                   year listing cycle. EPA would conduct
                   the sampling and testing for systems
                   selected as index sites. At the time of
                   sampling, EPA would also gather other
                   data to characterize the environmental
                   setting affecting the system including
                   precipitation, land and water resource
                   use and environmental data (such as
                   soil type and geology).
                     Also, up to 150 additional small
                   systems might be selected for the Pre-
                   Screen Testing. The systems for the Pre-
                   Screen Testing will be selected on the
                   basis of their representativeness of
                   systems most vulnerable to the
                   particular List 3 contaminants. The
                   statistical selection of the 800 systems
                   for the national representative sample
                   may not include the systems deemed
                   most vulnerable to these contaminants,
                   hence, the States and EPA may need to
                   select additional systems for this
                   targeted testing.

                   C. Type of Monitoring Required of
                   Public Water Systems Based on Listing
                   Group

                     At the Unregulated Contaminant
                   Monitoring Regulation Stakeholders
                   Meeting on June 3-4,1998, a range of
                   stakeholders suggested that the UCMR
                   monitoring program be developed
                   through a progression of monitoring
                   levels based on contaminant groups that
                   reflect current information about both
                   the occurrence of the contaminants and
                   method development. Current
                   information and methods availability
                   would determine the extent of
                   monitoring. Both EPA and stakeholders
                   are concerned about contaminants that
                   may be "emerging" as contaminants of
                   concern because they have not been
                   monitored before but have the potential
                   to be found near or in drinking water
                   supplies or have been identified as
                   potential health problems. An
                   "emerging contaminant of concern"
                   would not likely be covered by an
                   approved EPA analytical method.
                   Typically, "research" methods are used
                   to detect such emerging contaminants
                   and may be expensive. EPA would have
                   to either develop an approved method
                   for inclusion in a regulatory approach,
                   or perhaps substitute a regulatory
                   approach with a study using a single
                   laboratory and a "research" method.
                   The need to develop an approved
                   analytical method would "compete"
                   against other contaminants on the CCL
                   that also require analytical method
                   development. In recognition of these
                   considerations, EPA proposed an
                   approach with three monitoring levels,
                   referred to as "Assessment Monitoring,"
                   "Screening Survey," and "Pre-screen
                   Testing," described below. EPA is
 seeking public comment on this
 approach.

 1. Assessment Monitoring
   The first type of monitoring in the
 three-tiered monitoring program that
 EPA proposes today pertains to the
 group of contaminants for which
 analytical methods are specified in
 § 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, List 1,
 Assessment Monitoring and in today's
 Preamble in Table 5, List 1. Importantly,
 these contaminants are ones for which
 initial data for PWSs indicate that the
 contaminants occur in at least two
 States or ten public water systems and
 should be monitored to assess national
 occurrence through UCM.
   In § 141.40, EPA is proposing that
 each system conduct UCMR
 "Assessment Monitoring" of List 1
 contaminants for a twelve-month period
 in the first three years of a five year
 UCMR contaminant listing cycle. Large
 systems would complete this
 monitoring in any twelve month period
 beginning in the years 2001 to 2003.
 Small systems in State Monitoring Plans
 would complete the monitoring
 according to the scheduled monitoring
 identified in those plans within the
 period of 2001 to 2003. Section F,
 "Representative Sample of Systems
 Serving 10,000 or fewer persons,"
 describes in detail the subset of small
 systems required to monitor. The State
 could specify in the State Monitoring
 Plans the schedule that would correlate
 with compliance monitoring. This
 arrangement should enable systems to
 complete UCMR sampling coincident
 with their compliance monitoring for
 regulated contaminants during one of
 the years when compliance monitoring
 is required. However, EPA recognizes
 that some large systems may not be
 required to monitor for any regulated
 contaminants to allow compliance
 within the five years after the effective
 date of this rule. In such a case, such
 large systems  could monitor for the
 unregulated contaminants for any
 twelve-month period with in the.flve
years they choose.
  EPA is proposing that surface water
systems monitor for four consecutive
quarters and ground water systems two
times six months apart. Under
Assessment Monitoring, systems serving
more than 10,000 persons would
conduct and pay for their own sample
collection and testing. Small systems
included in State Monitoring Plans
would collect the samples with EPA-
supplied equipment and send the
samples to EPA-specified laboratories.
EPA would pay for the testing and
reporting. The system would still have
overall reporting responsibility to the

-------
                   Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23413
 primacy agency. Frequency and location
 of monitoring are discussed in section
 D, "Monitoring Requirements under the
 Proposed UCMR."

 2. Screening Survey
   The contaminants that EPA is
 considering for the Screening Survey are
 listed in Table 5, List 2 and consist of
 those for which analytical methods are
 under development and for which EPA
 has less occurrence data than for the
 contaminants on List 1. The purpose of
 the Screening Survey is to analyze for
 contaminants where the use of newly
 developed, non-routine analytical
 methods are required. To do this, EPA
 would maximize the quality of the
 occurrence data obtained by using only
 a select, controlled group of
 laboratories. In addition, the Screening
 Survey might allow EPA to maximize
 occurrence data gathering resources by
 having a structure in place that would
 obtain scientifically defensible
 occurrence data for emerging
 contaminants of concern, more quickly
 than could be obtained through
 standard unregulated contaminant
 monitoring efforts. The Screening
 Survey could, for example, be useful
 where questions concerning whether a
 contaminant of concern is in fact
 occurring in drinking water. The
 Screening Survey is also intended to
 allow EPA to screen contaminants to see
 if they occur frequently enough to
justify inclusion in future unregulated
 contaminant Assessment Monitoring or
 so frequently as not to require further
 monitoring but allow the Agency to
 begin to develop standards.
  The contaminants in List 2  would be
 tested for in drinking water of a smaller,
 statistically valid sample of all (large
 and small) community and non-
 transient, noncommunity water systems
 (for example, about 300 systems),
 selected through a random number
 generator used to identify specific
 PWSs. The sample size needed for
 estimating frequencies of contaminant
 occurrence are smaller if the actual
 frequencies are close to 0, or to 100,
 percent. When a contaminant is
 consistently present, or consistently
 absent, it requires fewer samples to
 determine its frequency with  adequate
 statistical confidence than if it occurs
 about half the time. Only 300 PWSs are
 needed to determine if a contaminant is
 present 5 percent or less frequently, at
 a 99 percent confidence level and with
 a 3 percent margin of error. (The same
 criteria require 1,844 samples when the
frequency could be any number.) If the
 contaminant occurrence were over the
 threshold established for the Screening
 Survey, EPA would include the
 contaminant in the next Assessment
 Monitoring round (projected to begin in
 2006) of the UCM program. The
 statistical threshold for positive results
 from this testing to determine if furthter
 testing is warranted might be 1 to 2
 percent of systems having detections. If
 the contaminant occurrence were under
 the threshold, then no further testing
 would be required, and the contaminant
 may be removed from the list in a future
 UCM rulemaking. EPA is requesting
 public comment on whether the
 statistical threshold of 1 to 2 percent of
 systems is adequate to make a
 determination that further Assessment
 Monitoring should be conducted to
 determine the extent of contaminant
 occurrence, and, if not, what percent
 should be used as the threshold for such
 a determination.
  The analytical methods that might be
 used are identified in Table 5, List 2,
 Screening Survey, as "Anticipated
 Analytical Methods." These methods
 are being refined for the particular
 contaminants on List 2 and are not
 expected to be ready for use in an
 Assessment Monitoring program.
 Therefore, as groups of contaminants
 from List 2 have analytical methods that
 can be applied, EPA will publish a rule
 modification for public comment
 indicating the analytical methods and
 minimum reporting levels applicable to
 the contaminants and the location and
 timeframe for sampling.
  Comments on the "Screening Survey"
 should address both the rationale for the
 contaminants identified for the
 Screening Survey and the monitoring
 program for them. Additionally, EPA is
 requesting public comment on two
 potential outcomes from the "Screening
 Survey": (1) As noted previously, if the
 contaminant is observed at very few or
 no PWSs (i.e., less than the threshold of
 1 to 2 percent of systems), then the
 contaminant would be dropped from the
 UCM List 2 and no further monitoring
 for it would occur, and (2) if the
 contaminant is observed extensively
 (i.e., in a higher percentage of PWSs,
 such as 5 to 10 percent) and EPA has
 health effects data on it that indicate a
 significant concern, then it may move
 directly to the regulation development
 stage. In that case, there may be no
 Assessment Monitoring to provide
 additional occurrence data for that
 contaminant, depending on the urgency
 of the situation and existing data
sufficiency. -
  With respect to funding the Screening
 Survey, EPA proposes that it pay for the
testing and reporting (as described in
 Preamble section in.G., Reporting of
Monitoring Results) for systems serving
 10,000 or fewer persons. Systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer persons would
 be responsible for sample collection and
 preparing the samples for shipment.
 EPA would pay for the shipment of
 these samples to an EPA designated
 laboratory for testing.
   For large systems serving more than
 10,000 persons, EPA requests public
 comment on which alternative testing
 approach it would follow: (1) The large
 system would collect the samples, and
 submit them to a laboratory approved
 for testing List 2 contaminants based on
 EPA's evaluation of the laboratory's
 capability, blind sample test results,
 experience with similar methods,
 willingness to test samples from any
 PWS regulated under this regulation,
 and reasonableness of offered service
 price. The approved laboratory would
 report the results to the system. These
 large systems would be responsible for
 paying for the costs of testing by the
 EPA approved laboratory. (2) EPA
 would specify a strict protocol and
 performance criteria, that must be
 followed for this Screening Survey
 testing, including possible additional
 reporting requirements to allow
 comparison of the results with results
 from EPA's laboratory. Large systems
 could submit data from the test results
 for the List 2 contaminants as long as
 the laboratory doing the testing could
 document that it followed the protocol.
 These protocol and criteria would need
"to be published when the EPA publishes
 the rulemaking for public comment that
 contaminants in List 2 have methods
 ready for use in the UCMR program.
 EPA's concerns about this alternative
 testing approach are: (1) Increasing the
 number of laboratories participating
 would adversely impact the precision of
 the resulting data therefore, requiring a
 substantial increase in the number of
 utilities sampled to compensate, (2) A
 laboratory certification system would
 need to be established, causing
 considerable additional burden for both
 the States and EPA, and (3) no common
 analytical standards are available. EPA
 requests public comment on whether
 other options exist that would have low
 administrative burden for the States and
 EPA, have reasonable costs for testing
 List 2 contaminants by large systems,
 and allow EPA to obtain the scientific
 and defensible data it needs to make
 regulatory decisions.
  EPA believes that one of these two
 arrangements for conducting the
 Screening Survey monitoring at large
systems is necessary because strict
 quality assurance/quality control are
 essential for methods that are not fully
 developed for the contaminants being
tested because of the small sample size.
It is important to note that this testing

-------
 23414
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, AprU 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
 would be from a limited number of
 systems and, for any particular system,
 would only be done over a one-year
 timeframe in the five year contaminant
 listing cycle. If the contaminant
 occurrence were frequent enough or in
 sufficiently high concentrations to
 warrant regulation, future testing for the
 contaminant might not occur for another
 three to five years (i.e., after
 promulgation of a final regulation for
 that contaminant
  The Screening Survey would occur
 one or two times during the five-year
 listing cycle.  EPA expects that this
 Screening Survey monitoring would
 occur for groups of contaminants, rather
 than for one contaminant at a time.
 Systems selected for the Screening
 Survey would monitor at the same
 frequency as  for contaminants under
 Assessment Monitoring. Should
 implementation of the analytical
 method for a  particular contaminant
 become a  problem, the contaminant
 might move into the category of Pre-
 Screen Testing, described below.
 3. Pre-Screen Testing
  The third tier of the proposed
 monitoring program is "Pre-Screen
 Testing" for contaminants with
 analytical methods in an early stage of
 development Pre-Screen Testing means
 sampling, testing, and reporting of the
 listed contaminants that may have
 newly emerged as drinking water
 concerns and, in most cases, for which
 methods are in an early stage of
 development. Pre-screen testing will be
 performed to  determine whether a listed
 contaminant occurs in sufficient
 frequency in the most vulnerable
 systems or sampling locations to
 warrant its being included in future
 Assessment Monitoring or Screening
 Surveys. Pre-Screen Testing
 requirements will only apply to a
 contaminant through additional
 rulemaking.
  EPA will select a limited number of
 systems (up to 200) to conduct Pre-
 Screen Testing, through the use of a
 random number generator, selected from
 up to 25 most vulnerable systems
 identified by each State. Up to 200
systems, a smaller sample size than
under the  Screening Survey or
Assessment Monitoring, are considered
sufficient for this type of monitoring
because monitoring would occur at
systems anticipated to have the
contaminants, based on the
characteristics of the contaminants,
system operation, climatic conditions,
and land and  water resource use. This
monitoring is to determine whether the
contaminant can be found in any public
water system  under most likely
                    occurrence conditions specific to the
                    contaminant, and not to determine the
                    extent of occurrence. The portion (e.g.,
                    100 to 150) of these 200 systems may be
                    a different subset of small systems
                    serving 10,000 or fewer persons than
                    those selected for the national
                    representative sample. The reason for
                    this different subset is that States should
                    identify the systems that are
                    representative of the most vulnerable
                    conditions for the contaminants •
                    specified for Pre-Screen Testing. These
                    most vulnerable systems may not be
                    those conducting Assessment
                    Monitoring or the Screening Survey. It
                    is possible, though, that some overlap of
                    systems doing Assessment Monitoring
                    and Pre-Screen Testing could occur.
                     EPA is proposing under Pre-Screen
                    Testing that the selected systems use
                    EPA's designated or approved (as
                    indicated above for the Screening
                    Survey testing of samples from large
                    systems) laboratory or laboratories to
                    conduct this testing. The reason for this
                    proposed testing approach is that the
                    analytical methods expected to be used
                    will have just emerged from research
                    development and other laboratories will
                    not have had the opportunity to use
                    them, which could involve extensive
                    investment in equipment and training.
                    Rather than cause this investment to
                    occur for contaminants which have
                    uncertain occurrence in public water
                    systems, EPA would develop the initial
                    methods sufficiently to test for the
                    contaminants and actually apply them
                    to samples that are most likely to have
                    the contaminants to determine whether
                    further action is warranted and
                    additional method development is
                    needed.
                     The Pre-Screen Testing option might
                    include (1) contaminants on List 3,  for
                   which EPA has limited data on
                    occurrence in drinking water and does
                    not expect to have methods developed
                    by the time this regulation is
                   promulgated, or (2) contaminants not on
                   the CCL that become a concern, such as
                   through the Governors' petition process.
                   The purpose of Pre-Screen Testing
                   would be to determine whether the
                   methods in early development will
                   provide positive results in conditions
                   under which the contaminants are most
                   likely to occur.
                     Under this approach, once EPA has a
                   method  sufficiently developed, it would
                   require States to identify at least 5 and
                   not more than 25 systems which might
                   be most  vulnerable to the listed
                   contaminants. States would select these
                   systems from all community and non-
                   transient noncommunity systems
                   serving less than 10,000 persons and
                   systems serving more than 10,000
 persons. Selection criteria for these
 systems include States determination of
 systems most vulnerable to the specified
 contaminants and numbers of systems
 per State based on the number of
 persons served in each size category of
 system. The States would send the list
 of systems, the modification of their
 State Monitoring Plans for systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer persons to add
 the selected systems of this size, and the
 reasons for their selection, considering
 the characteristics of the contaminants,
 precipitation, system operation, and
 environmental conditions, to the EPA
 Regional Office. EPA would select up to
 200 PWSs nationwide from this pool of
 State-identified vulnerable systems that
 must submit samples of the specified
 contaminants. Some small systems
 selected may not be part of the national
 representative sample of 800 systems
 selected for Assessment Monitoring.
 Hence, some small systems may only be
 required to assist with Pre-Screen
 Testing. States or the EPA Regional
 Office would provide instructions to the
 systems for the necessary sampling and
 subsequent shipping to the EPA
 laboratory. At this time, EPA believes
 that the contaminants to which Pre-
 Screen Testing is likely to apply are
 those listed in this Preamble in Table 5,
 List 3, and in the proposed rule at
 § 141.40(a)(3) Table 1, List 3. Sampling
 and testing done for Pre-Screen Testing
 would most likely occur in the later
 years of the five-year contaminant
 listing cycle. This approach will assist
 EPA in refining the methods for these
 contaminants. If EPA finds any
 substantial frequency of occurrence, the
 contaminants could either become part
 of the Screening Survey or part of
 Assessment Monitoring in future UCM
 lists. Since these methods could only be
 applied under highly controlled test
 conditions and EPA would be refining
 the methods, EPA would pay for the
 shipping and testing of these samples
 for small monitored systems selected to
 participate and large systems would pay
 for the shipping and testing of samples
 at EPA approved laboratories.

 4. Option to the Three-Tiered Approach
  The principal option considered in
 developing this proposal for the type of
 monitoring required was to require all
 large systems and small systems
 included in State Monitoring Plans to
 monitor for all the contaminants on the
 UCM Monitoring List, phasing in the
 contaminants as their respective
methods became approved for testing by
certified laboratories. This approach had
the problem of attempting to use
recently developed methods in an
extensive monitoring program without

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol.  64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                     23415
 multi-matrix, multi-laboratory testing of
 the methods. This option would cost
 $50 million more annually than the
 proposed three-tiered approach because
 the high cost of the methods, especially
 on List 3. Also, the large PWSs with
 laboratories as well as independent
 laboratories would have potentially
 large investments in testing equipment
 that it might not have made for just a
 one year monitoring activity, especially
 if EPA decided not to regulate the
 particular contaminant. Alternatively,
 waiting until an analytical method had
 been thoroughly evaluated and refined
 for broad use in testing at reasonable
 cost to all systems would result in few
 of the contaminants on Lists 2 or 3 ever
 being monitored for during the five year
 listing cycle. This would postpone the
 collection of useful data with which
 decisions might be made relative to
 whether to regulate the contaminants.

 D. Monitoring Requirements Under the
 Proposed UCMR
 I. Monitoring Frequency
 (a) Systems Serving More Than 10,000
 Persons
  Chemical Contaminants. The number
 of persons served affects exposure to
 contaminants and resources necessary
 to undertake a monitoring activity. The
 proposed UCMR program requires large
 systems serving more than 10,000
 persons to monitor at each «ntry point
 to the distribution system whether or
 not the system applies treatment, but if
 it does, then it must monitor after
 treatment. EPA is also to consider the
 source of water relative to these
 monitoring requirements (SDWA
 section 1445(a)(2)(A)). Over the twelve-
 month period of monitoring, EPA
 proposes that systems sample from all
 entry points representing all sources of
 water used over the monitoring period.
 Surface water-supplied systems would
 monitor each of these points every three
 months within a twelve-month period
 and ground water-supplied systems
 would monitor each of these points two
 times, six months apart. Today's
 proposed monitoring frequency for
 surface water systems is the same as in
 the current program. For ground water
 systems, the proposed two samples
 must be six months apart, increasing
 this monitoring from one sample under
the current program. The reasons for
this increase are that while ground
water typically moves slowly, one
sample is insufficient to characterize
water quality at any particular location
and would not provide evidence of any
changes over a longer period of time.
From a statistical standpoint, one
sample is not representative and would
 not allow the data to be used for
 exposure assessment which uses an
 average annual rate. At State discretion,
 this monitoring may be coordinated
 with compliance monitoring for
 regulated contaminants. This proposed
 frequency applied to the average of 6.2
 entry points to the distribution system
 for this system size will provide
 sufficient data for an adequate statistical
 analysis of the varied conditions in
 which these systems are located.
   One of the monitoring events for both
 surface water and ground water systems
 must occur at  the most vulnerable time
 of year for the PWS. The rationale for
 this approach  is that it provides results
 representing potential variation in
 contaminant concentration over a year.
 This variation of concentration is
 necessary to evaluate exposure related
 to contaminant occurrence results.
 While some systems that perform
 compliance monitoring on a quarterly
 basis could collect UCMR samples
 coincident with their compliance
 samples and would therefore provide
 data on the range of variation, other
 systems may only conduct compliance
 monitoring once every third year and for
 one year every five years only, and
 would therefore have to collect
 additional samples under the UCMR.
 While one UCMR sample could be
 collected coincident with this
 compliance sample, EPA is proposing
 for ground water-supplied systems that
 a second sample be taken six months
 later to provide the necessary data on
 seasonal variation over a year to allow
 consistent exposure assessment to be
 done with a range of concentrations.
 Stakeholders supported this option.
 EPA proposes  that all systems serving
 more than 10,000 persons and a
 representative sample of systems (about
 800) serving 10,000 or fewer persons
 monitor under this frequency and
 schedule.
  Microbiological Contaminants. For
 microbiological contaminants, the
 sampling frequency would be two times,
 with samples collected each time at two
 different locations in the distribution
 system after treatment: a site
 representative  of water in the
 distribution line received by the general
 population that the system serves and a
 site near the end of the distribution line
 representing the longest residence time.
 The frequency should capture the most
 vulnerable time as well as a time six
 months later to provide an average .
 exposure. Furthermore, precipitation
 patterns may be a major factor in
 contaminant occurrence. Thus,
frequency should be tailored to  times of
 the year of significant vulnerability
because increased seasonal precipitation
 may carry these contaminants at higher
 concentrations than other times during
 the year.

 (b) Systems Serving 10,000 or Fewer
 Persons

   EPA proposes that approximately one
 third of the systems serving 10,000 or
 fewer persons in the representative
 sample described below, be sampled
 each year over a three year period at the
 frequencies indicated in (a) above to
 allow a relatively even submission of
 samples to be managed and tested by
 the EPA laboratory. Since EPA will pay
 for the reasonable costs of monitoring
 (i.e., containers, shipping, and testing)
 for this representative sample, including
 Assessment Monitoring, Screening
 Survey, and Pre-Screen Testing, at its
 designated laboratories, it would need
 to be able to manage the number of
 samples being received at any time.

 2. Monitoring Time for Vulnerable
 Period

  Water quality studies and monitoring
 throughout the United States have
 clearly shown that contaminant
 occurrence and/or concentration vary
 over time, both seasonally as well as1
 from year to year. The seasonally of
 occurrence, or period of peak
 concentration of contaminants
 commonly varies with seasonal changes
 in the hydrologic cycle in relation to the
 source of contaminants and their fate
 and transport characteristics.
 Particularly for land-applied or land-
 disposed contaminants, the increased
 flux of water mobilizes the
 contaminants and moves them into
 surface or ground water flow systems.
 For the most vulnerable of water
 systems, such as surface waters,
 unconfined shallow ground water and
 karst flow systems, for example,
 contaminant occurrence or peak
 concentrations typically occur during
 annual runoff and recharge periods. For
 much of the eastern United States, east
 of the Rocky Mountains, many studies
 have shown the season of greatest
 vulnerability for contaminant
 occurrence is the late-spring, early-
 summer runoff-recharge period,
 particularly for contaminants such as
 pesticides and nitrate (e.g., Larson et al.,
 1997; Barbash and Resek,  1996;
 Hallberg, 1989a, b). For  deeper, more
 confined ground water systems,
 defining vulnerable periods is much
 more difficult. The exact flow path and
time of travel are much greater and more
complex and are dependent upon many
factors unique to a particular well and
aquifer setting (e.g., Hallberg and
Keeney, 1993). There is no generality

-------
 23416
Federal Register /Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed  Rules
that can be applied to these latter
settings.
  Because occurrence may vary
seasonally, it is important to try to
capture these vulnerable periods in a
one-time survey of contaminant
occurrence such as the UCMR.
Statistical studies of sampling strategies
in surface water (e.g., Battaglin and Hay,
1996) have shown that incorporating
sampling during spring and early
summer runoff periods provides a more
accurate representation of annual
occurrence than random quarterly
sampling (that can avoid these months).
Ground water studies (e.g., Pinsky et al.,
1997) suggest that the more vulnerable
ground water settings also show peaks
during these periods. The default
vulnerable period for sampling for the
UCMR has been designated to coincide
with this period of peak vulnerability
for much of the United States: one
sample must be collected during May,
June, or July, unless the State has better
information to designate another period.
Also, for surface waters, three additional
samples will be collected throughout
the year, and for ground water systems,
one additional sample will be collected
six months later. This additional
sampling would also capture the winter
recharge and runoff period that may be
more vulnerable in the western coastal
regions or warmer southern climates for
some contaminants. In the case of some
deeper ground water systems. States or
systems may have additional knowledge
of seasonal vulnerability patterns, in
which case the State can designate an
alternative period for sampling. EPA
requests public comment on the
specification of the most vulnerable
time for monitoring and how it should
be determined.

3. Monitoring Location

  In § 141.40(a)(3), today's proposal
identifies entry points to the
distribution system after any treatment
representative of each water source in
use over the twelve-month period of
Assessment Monitoring as the sampling
locations for organic chemicals and the
distribution system (a site representative
of water in the distribution line received
by the general population that the
system serves and a site near the end of
the distribution line representing the
longest residence time) for the
microbiological contaminant. Sampling
at entry points to the distribution
system after any treatment follows the
existing regulatory approach for
currently regulated contaminants and
provides data for exposure assessment.
                    (a) Chemical Contaminants
                      The chemicals in this proposed rule
                    are all compounds that would enter a
                    public water supply from the external
                    environment (in contrast to disinfection
                    byproducts, for example) and the
                    proposed monitoring location is at the
                    entry point to the distribution system
                    after treatment, representing all sources
                    of water used over the twelve-month
                    monitoring period to ensure a nationally
                    consistent data set and to provide
                    consistent data for exposure assessment.

                    (b) Microbiological Contaminants
                      The sampling locations for
                    microbiological contaminants are
                    different from those for chemical
                    contaminants because the most likely
                    locations to observe microbiological
                    contaminants may be in the distribution
                    system, or, for some, in source water.
                    This is, in part, because of the difficulty
                    of testing to isolate many
                    microbiological contaminants. Two
                    sampling locations are proposed in this
                    regulation. One of the samples would be
                    at the site below a representative entry
                    point to the distribution system that is
                    used for taking total coliform samples;
                    this sample would represent general
                    exposure. The second sample would be
                    near the end of the distribution line that
                    has the  longest residence time,
                    representing the extreme exposure of
                    the population at this point in the
                    distribution system. Over the twelve-
                    month period of monitoring, EPA
                    proposes that systems sample at
                    locations representing all sources of
                    water used over the monitoring period,
                    to the extent possible.
                      Currently, it is not possible to assess
                    whether or not all of the
                    microorganisms (including those on List
                    3) are likely to be found at any one
                    sampling location, or that one  sampling
                    location is the best place to sample for
                    them all. The occurrence information
                    needs differ for different
                    microorganisms. Different parts of the
                    water supply and  distribution  system
                    may be  more likely locations to find
                    particular microbiological
                    contaminants. Therefore, the sampling
                    location for monitoring each
                    microorganism may need to be tailored
                    in the future to the individual  organism
                    and the relative ease of finding it in the
                    water of concern.
                     As a result, for the microbiological
                    contaminants being proposed for Lists 2
                    and 3 today, EPA has not identified a
                    sampling location or locations. For some
                    of the microbiological contaminants,
                    source water may  be the most
                    appropriate sampling location because
                    of the capability of the methods
available. In-any case, EPA would
specify a sampling location at the time
a microbiological contaminant would be
proposed to become a required
monitoring contaminant and ask for
public comment at that time.

4. Quality Control Procedures for
Sampling and Testing
  To assure that the data collected
under this proposed regulation are of
sufficient quality to meet the
requirements for the uses of the
resulting data, EPA is proposing the
analytical methods and procedures to be
used in obtaining the monitoring data in
§ 141.40(a)(3) and appendix A. Also,
additional guidance for quality control
and contaminant confirmation are
specified in the "UCMR Analytical
Methods and Quality Control Manual."
This proposed regulation covers quality
control steps for all sampling and
testing under this program. In addition,
the draft guidance manual is available
for review and public comment with
this proposed regulation. Today's
proposed rule would require that all
monitored systems follow these
methods and procedures in organizing
and conducting their unregulated
contaminant monitoring and testing.
Systems would also have to ensure that
the laboratories they use to test samples
use the proposed methods and
procedures. The specific quality control
requirements addressed in § 141.40(a)(3)
and appendix A of the proposed rule
are: sample collection/preservation;
sample transport; sample and sample
extract holding time and storage; sample
analyses/quality control requirements,
including quality control (QC)
requirements, calibration, calibration
verification, laboratory reagent (method)
blank, quality control sample, laboratory
duplicates,  sample matrix spike (MS)
and matrix spike duplicate (MSD),
internal standard, surrogate standard,
method detection limit determination,
minimum reporting level; confirmation;
and reporting requirements. EPA
believes that requiring the quality
control requirements for unregulated
contaminant sampling and testing in the
proposed rule will enable the Agency to
have higher confidence in determining
the extent and range of concentrations
for the contaminants on the UCM List,
since they are not regularly tested for
nationally.

5. Monitoring of Routinely Tested Water
Quality Parameters
  In addition to the contaminants to be
monitored, several chemical and
physical parameters are important
indicators of water quality and may
contribute to the likelihood of the

-------
                   federal Register /Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday,  April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                      234J7
 contaminants being found in drinking
 water. EPA requests public comment on
 whether it should require the
 monitoring and reporting of these
 routinely tested parameters, usually
 associated with water quality analyses,
 to provide for a more thorough scientific
 understanding of the occurrence of
 unregulated contaminants. It is not
 EPA's intent to add these chemical and
 physical parameters to the unregulated
 contaminant monitoring list, but rather
 as supplementary data about the sample
 results which will facilitate their
 interpretation and use in regulatory
 decisions. The water quality parameters
 and their methods for which EPA seeks
 comment are specified in Table 6,
 Analytes Approved for Water Quality
 Parameters.
                               ANALYTES APPROVED FOR WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS
Analyts

pH 	 	 	
Turbidity 	 	 	 	 	
Temperature 	
Free Residual Chlorine 	
Total Residual Chlorine 	
Chlorine Dioxide Residual 	
Ozone Residual 	 	 	 	 	

EPA method
2150 1
2150.2
45180 1





Methodology
Standard methods1
4500-H"1" B
2130 B4
2550
4500-CI D
4500-CIF
4500-CI G
4500-CI H
4500-CI D
4500-CI E4
4500-CI F
4500-CI G4
4500-CI I
4500-CIOa C
4500-CIO2 D
4500-CIO2 E
4500-O3B

Other
AQTM niPQT— 843
ASTM D1293-953
GLI Method 2 4-6

ASTM D 1 253-86 3
ASTM D 1 253-86 3


  1 The 18th and 19th Editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995, American Public Health As-
sociation, 1015 Fifteenth St. NW, Washington D.C., 20005.
  2 Methods 150.1 and  150.2 are available from US EPA, NERL, 26 W. Martin Luther King Dr., Cincinnati, Ohio 45268. The identical methods
are also in "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes," EPA-600/4-79-020, March 1983, available from the National Technical Infor-
mation Service (NTIS),  U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Rd., Springfield, Virginia 22161, PB84-128677. (Note: NTIS toll-free
number is 800-553-6847.)
  * Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Editions 1994 and 1996, Volumes 11.01, American Society for Testing and Materials, 1015 Fifteenth Street
NW, Washington, DC 20005. Version D1293-84 is located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1994, Volumes 11.01. Version D1293-95 is
located in the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1996, Volumes 11.01.
  "'Technical Notes on Drinking Water," EPA-600/R-94-173, October 1994, Available at NTIS, PB95-104766.
  s "Methods for the Determination of Inorganic Substances in Environmental Samples," EPA-600/R-93-100, August 1993. Available at NTIS,
PB94-121811
  6 GLI Method 2, "Turbidity," November 2,1992, Great Lakes Instruments Inc., 8855 North 55th St., Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53223.
6. Relation to Compliance Monitoring
Requirements

  Currently, compliance monitoring for
regulated contaminants is coordinated
on a three-year cycle, with all public
water systems that are required to
monitor sampling for specific
contaminants at a minimum of one year
every three, six, or nine years,
depending on the contaminant and its
occurrence in the system. The current
and proposed Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring Regulations require
monitoring during one year every five
years. While these may seem out-of-
cycle with one another, EPA is
proposing to implement UCMR so that
public water systems only have to
monitor for unregulated contaminants
during one twelve-month period every
five years, unless the State determines
that PWSs should conduct more
frequent monitoring. Hence, the
compliance monitoring and the UCMR
monitoring can be coordinated, to the
extent practical, by conducting UCMR
monitoring during a coincident year
during which compliance monitoring is
required. The years within which the
unregulated contaminant monitoring are
proposed to occur are specified in
§ 141.40(a)(3), Table 1, column 6.

7. Previous Monitoring of the
Contaminants Proposed for the
Monitoring List
  Some PWSs may have previously
monitored for some of the contaminants
identified on the proposed UCM List
because of local or State concerns about
the possibility of those contaminants
occurring in drinking water. While this
monitoring may have provided adequate
results for their purposes, such results
may not be comparable to results under
this revised UCM regulation because of
differences in sampling and analytical
protocols, as well as the sampling
period. Other factors compound the
problem of comparability, such as:  (1)
Monitoring methods may have
improved; (2) water quality changes
over time; and (3) today's proposal
requires reporting of a net increase of
eight additional data elements, which
would allow various, consistent
comparisons to be made and data to be
aggregated nationally based on current
science and quality assurance/quality
control consistency. Therefore, EPA is
not proposing that monitoring results
from previous monitoring be used in
place of the monitoring under this
revised regulation.

8. Regulatory Options Considered for
Large Systems
  Regulatory options considered for
large systems (small systems are
addressed under ELF., "Representative
sample of systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons"):
(a) Which Large Systems Should
Monitor
  Today's proposal at § 141.40(a)(l)(ii)
requires all large systems to monitor
under the UCMR. The rationale is that
the 1996 SDWA amendments only set
aside a subset of small systems to

-------
23418
Federal Register /Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
monitor, but did not do so for large
systems. Public input resulting from two
Stakeholders meetings (Washington, DC;
Dec.2-3,1997; June 3-4, 1998) ontiiis
proposed rule supported the option that
all large PWSs should monitor.
  The only option considered by EPA
was a representative sample of large
systems. Stakeholders at the two
Stakeholders meetings indicated above
generally opposed this. Furthermore,
the large system representatives at the
meeting indicated that to ensure public
health protection, they would monitor
for all contaminants on any EPA
drinking water unregulated contaminant
monitoring list.
(b) Monitoring Frequency
  Ottier monitoring frequencies for die
UCMR were considered and rejected:
  Ground water: Remaining at one time
for one year every five years for ground
water systems, as under the current
program, was rejected because one
sample is not considered representative
and does not provide sufficient data
about a system that can be averaged to
develop a national exposure estimate.
Four samples every three months were
rejected because most ground water
does not change that much over shorter
periods of time and the results would,
therefore, not provide additional useful
information cost-effectively.
  Surface water: One or two samples in
a year were considered, but rejected
because these numbers of samples are
too few to reflect the seasonal changes
in this source of water. Furthermore,
seasonal variation is different in
different parts of the country. More
frequent sampling of surface water is
important to capture the duration of
time that higher or lower concentrations
of contaminants are observed to apply
those results in developing an average
concentration over a year for conducting
exposure assessment.
  Compliance Monitoring Schedule:
Another option EPA considered is
quarterly monitoring for one year every
three years for both surface and ground
water systems, in complete coincidence
with the standard compliance cycles.
However, the compliance cycles (with
three, six, and nine year components)
are not in synchrony with the new
UCMR and CCL five-year cycles. This
option was rejected because of the
implementation difficulties in adjusting
a staggered three-year cycle of
monitoring to fit into a five-year UCM
listing cycle. This approach would
result in some systems having one
monitoring year and others having two
monitoring years. Also, for many
ground-water systems not on  a quarterly
compliance monitoring schedule,  a
                    minimum of two samples six months
                    apart is adequate to address variation in
                    concentrations and to provide an
                    average annual concentration for
                    exposure assessment.

                    (c) Monitoring Location

                      Some States currently require source
                    water monitoring as a more stringent
                    requirement for chemical contaminants
                    because it requires the testing of
                    samples before any treatment that might
                    reduce concentrations of contaminants.
                    If the objective is exposure assessment
                    (after treatment), source water
                    monitoring would provide information
                    for assessing potential exposure to acute
                    contaminants should treatment fail.
                    Source water monitoring would also
                    provide useful information for treatment
                    and source water protection analysis in
                    future regulatory analyses tiiat would
                    examine a full range of control
                    alternatives including contaminant
                    treatments or controls in the watershed.
                    Source water monitoring would give an
                    indication of concentrations of
                    contaminants that would need to be
                    treated, of a measure of benefits from
                    existing treatment if the occurrence of
                    an unregulated contaminant is linked
                    with a regulated contaminant being
                    treated, and of the types of locations-at
                    which watershed management practices
                    might be targeted. However, additional
                    expense would be involved to monitor
                    source water nationally. Other means of
                    obtaining source water quality data
                    exist, such as State or U.S. Geological
                    Survey data for ambient water quality in
                    watersheds and aquifers. At this time,
                    EPA is not requiring source water
                    monitoring because of the existence of
                    other sources of information and the
                    need to focus the available resources of
                    the Agency on exposure after drinking
                    water treatment for the contaminants on
                    Listl.
                      During rule development,
                    stakeholders suggested that an
                    alternative location for Aeromonas and
                    other microbiological contaminants
                    might be the sampling point used for
                    coliforms. The coliform sampling point,
                    however, may not be representative for
                    testing Aeromonas hydrophilla, which
                    tends to be found further into
                    distribution systems at low disinfection
                    residual levels. A low chlorine residual
                    provides the environment for the
                    surviving organisms to recolonize and
                    grow. To enable a balanced assessment
                    of Aeromonas occurrence, EPA is
                    proposing to require sampling at both a
                    representative site in the distribution
                    system and a site near the end of the
                    distribution line with the longest
                    residence time.
E. Waivers

1. Waivers for Systems Serving More
Than 10,000 Persons

  Section 1445(a)(2)(F) of SDWA allows
a State to obtain a waiver of UCM for
specific contaminants if the.State
demonstrates that the UCM listing
criteria do not apply in that State. These
criteria are:
  (a) The criteria for listing a
contaminant in the occurrence priorities
list in the CCL; and
  (b) Whether an analytical method
exists for the contaminant.
  When a State makes such a
demonstration for a specific
contaminant on the monitoring list, EPA
is proposing to waive monitoring for
that contaminant in that State for large
systems (serving more than 10,000
persons) only.
  Stakeholders indicated that waiver
requirements should be sufficiently
stringent to obtain the most
representative national data possible,
including non-detections of
contaminants on the UCM List. Since
only the UCM listing criteria in (a) are
relevant to a State-specific waiver and
based on stakeholders' concern that the
waiver be narrowly applied, EPA is
proposing that this waiver be applied
only where the State can demonstrate
that the contaminant has not been used,
applied, stored, released, or disposed of,
or does not occur through natural
processes (such as growth in a system or
air deposition) in the State for the past
fifteen years. Source Water Assessments
provided for under sections 1453 and
1428(b) of SDWA may be used as the
basis for these waivers if the
Assessments specifically address the
contaminants) on the UCM List for
which a waiver is sought. Table 7, Uses
and Environmental Sources of
Contaminants Proposed for the
Monitoring List, presents the uses and
sources of the contaminants being
proposed for the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring List. A State
would need to apply for a waiver from
monitoring for specific contaminants
and receive EPA approval to waive the
monitoring.
  While some chemical contaminants
may only be discharged into the
environment in regional or local areas,
microbiological contaminants may be
ubiquitous. However, previous
monitoring + results over time may
provide information useful to waiver
determinations for microbiological
contaminants.

-------
                    Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No; 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed  Rules
                                                                                          23419
 2. Waivers for Small Systems in State
 Plans

   EPA is proposing that no waivers be
 granted for small systems serving 10,000
 or fewer persons in State Plans for the
 national representative sample.
 Stakeholders also supported this
 position. The systems in State Plans will
 be statistically selected with the
 assumption that all systems in a
 particular size category and water
                  source type have an equal probability of
                  being selected. Non-detections are just
                  as important as detections of
                  contaminants for national analysis.
                  Waiving contaminants to be monitored
                  in certain States not expecting to have
                  such contaminants biases the
                  representative sample toward
                  detections. Selecting the small systems
                  to be included in the State Monitoring
                  Plans for the representative sample
                  through a statistical process effectively
                                              waives ninety-seven percent of the
                                              systems from the proposed monitoring
                                              requirements (based on using 99 percent
                                              confidence level with three percent
                                              allowable error). Therefore, EPA
                                              rejected waivers for systems serving
                                              fewer than 10,000 persons because this
                                              option would be contradictory to
                                              obtaining a scientifically sound data set
                                              that provides the basis for a scientific
                                              statistical analysis.
        TABLE 7.—USES AND ENVIRONMENTAL SOURCES OF CONTAMINANTS PROPOSED FOR THE MONITORING LIST
Contaminant name
CASRN
Use or environmental source
                                             Proposed Chemical Contaminants
 1,2-diphenylhydrazine
 2-methyl-phenol	
 2,4-dichlorophenol
 2,4-dinitrophenol	
 2,4-dinitrotoluene ....
 2,4,6-trichlorophenol
 2,6-dinitrololuene ....
 Acetochlor	
 Alachlor ESA	
 DCPA di-acid
  degradate.
 DCPA mono-acid
  degradate.
 DDE 	
 Diazinon	
 Disulfoton	
 Diuron	
 EPTC 	
 Fonofos	
 Ljnuron	
 Molinate	
 MTBE	
 Nitrobenzene 	
 Prometon 	
 Terbacil	
 Terbufos 	
  122-66-7
   95-48-7
  120-83-2
   51-28-5
  121-14-2
   88-06-2
  606-20-2
34256-82-1
 2136-79-0

  887-54-7

   72-55-9
  333-41-5
  298-04-4
  330-54-1
  759-94-4
  944-22-9
  330-55-2
 2212-67-1
 1634-04-4
   98-95-3
 1610-18-0
 5902-51-2
13071-7&-9
Used in the production of benzidine and anti-inflammatory drugs.
Released in automobile and diesel exhaust, coal tar and petroleum refining, and wood pulping.
Chemical intermediate in herbicide production.
Released from mines, metal, petroleum, and dye plants.
Used in the production of isocyanate, dyes, and explosives.
By-product of fossil fuel burning, used as bactericide and wood/glue preservative.
Used as mixture with 2,4-DNT (similar uses).
Herbicide used with cabbage, citrus, coffee, and com crops.
Degradation product of alachlor, an herbicide used with com, bean, peanut, and soybean crops to con-
  trol grasses and weeds.
Degradation product of  DCPA, an herbicide used on  grasses and weeds with fruit  and vegetable
  crops.
Degradation product of  DCPA, an herbicide used on  grasses and weeds with fruit  and vegetable
  crops.
Degradation product of DDT, a general  insecticide.
Insecticide used with rice, fruit, vineyards, and com crops.
Insecticide used with cereal, cotton, tobacco, and potato crops.
Herbicide used on grasses in orchards and wheat crops.
Herbicide used on annual grasses, weeds, in potatoes and com.
Soil insecticide used on worms and centipedes.
Herbicide used with com, soybean, cotton, and wheat crops.
Selective herbicide used with rice, controls watergrass.
Octane booster in unleaded gasoline.
Used in the production of aniline, which is used to make dyes, herbicides, and drugs.
Herbicide used on annual and perennial weeds and grasses.
Herbicide used with sugarcane, alfalfa, and some fruit, etc.
Insecticide used with com, sugar beet, and grain sorghum crops.
                                               Microbiological Contaminants
Adenoviruses 	
Aeromonas hydrophila
Cyanobacteria (Blue-
green algae), other
freshwater algae
and their toxins.
Caliciviruses 	
Coxsackieviruses 	
Echoviruses 	
Helicobacter pylori 	 -
Microsporidia 	

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Fecal sources* hand to mouth transmission
Present in all freshwater and brackish water.
Blooms in surface water bodies; produce toxins.
Fecal sources; hand to mouth transmission.
Fecal sources* hand to mouth transmission
Fecal sources; hand to mouth transmission.
Occurs in rivers ponds lakes and unfiltered water

F. Representative Sample of Systems
Serving 10,000 Persons or Fewer

  As required by section 1445(a)(2) (A)
and (C), the regulation proposes that
only a representative sample of public
water systems serving 10,000 or fewer
persons would have to monitor. As
previously explained, only community
and non-transient non-community
systems would be required to monitor
                  for unregulated contaminants under this
                  proposal. Therefore, the representative
                  sample would include only community
                  and non-transient non-community
                  systems serving 10,000 or fewer
                  persons. The representative sample
                  would need to be of sufficient size to
                  gather the necessary information on
                  occurrence of unregulated contaminants
                  to determine whether or not to regulate
                  them, while not burdening every water
                                              system with the expense of monitoring.
                                              The number of systems selected within
                                              each of three size ranges of small
                                              systems would be based on the
                                              proportion of the State's population
                                              served by systems in that size range. (An
                                              example appears below under (5)(a),
                                              State Plans for the Representative
                                              Sample.) The small systems In the
                                              national representative sample would be
                                              selected using a statistical random

-------
 23420
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday,  April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
sampling process. This process would
utilize a random number generator to
choose a statistically determined
number of systems in each State and
Tribe having "treatment as a State"
status, considering the number of
systems served by water source type
(e.g., ground or surface water) and then
system size category (i.e., 25 to 500
persons, 501 to 3,300, and 3,301 to
10,000) within the water source type.
EPA is proposing that the national
representative sample become the basis
for the State Monitoring Plan in each
state. The use of this statistical approach
is designed to take into account
different system sizes, types of systems,
the source of supply, contaminants
likely to be found, and geographic
location in each State. EPA believes that
the end product of this statistical
process applied to selecting systems to
                    monitor must be data that are sufficient
                    to answer questions about occurrence of
                    contaminants on a national scale for use
                    in exposure assessments and technology
                    evaluations of alternative treatments at
                    a PWS and in its watershed. These data
                    should also be sufficient to answer
                    questions at a broad multi-state scale,
                    such as systems classified by size or
                    source of water, particularly when
                    combined with data for the 2,774 large
                    systems.
                     Under this proposal, small system
                    monitoring would be too sparse to
                    answer questions about occurrence at
                    the scale of a single State. The number
                    of systems required for evaluation of
                    occurrences in a single state are far
                    greater than, and thus more costly than,
                    those needed for the  broader national
                    evaluations required under the Act to
                    determine whether or not to regulate a
                    contaminant.
1. System Size

  Based on statistics reported in the
Safe Drinking Water Information System
(SDWIS), the following numbers of
systems (1997 data) by size will
approximate the universe from which a
representative sample of systems
serving 10,000 or fewer people will be
taken for this proposed national
representative sample plan. These
system size categories are proposed
because they are used in other statutory
and regulatory characterizations of
systems, and are applied under the
existing rule for unregulated
contaminant monitoring for the
scheduling of sampling. The relevant
system and population information
(1997) for systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons is:
Number of people served in PWS size range
25 to 500 	
501 to 3,300 	
3,301 to 10,000 	
Total 	
Number of
PWSs in size
range
48,100
14,126
3,410
65.636
Population served nationally
CWS
5,249,577
19,918,106
25,236,059
50.403.742
NTNCWS
2,379,034
2,724,728
401,579
5.505.341
  Considering all community water
systems and NTNCWS that do not
purchase their water supplies, 65,636
PWSs are in the size range for small
systems as defined in section 1445.
Systems purchasing water from other
systems are proposed to be excluded
from this rule because they could bias
results by potentially causing double
counting of contaminant occurrence.
EPA seeks public comment on whether
systems purchasing water from other
systems should be included in the
representative sample, particularly for
monitoring at the location of the longest
residence time within a water
distribution system.
2. System Type
(a) Public Wa'ter System Monitoring
  Under today's proposal, all public
water systems serving 10,000 or fewer
persons, except transient non-
community systems, would be
considered for monitoring, but only a
subset would be selected for the
national representative sample. Public
water systems owned and/or operated
on Tribal lands by Tribes would b.e
treated as a separate group for the
representative sample, rather than
counting them within the State
boundaries as systems in a particular.
State. EPA is proposing that the size of
                   the representative sample and the
                   specific systems required to monitor
                   will be identified by EPA and sent to the
                   States for review and inclusion in State
                   Monitoring Plans (discussed below).

                   (b) Non-Transient Non-Community
                   Water Systems

                      Non-Transient Non-Community Water
                   Systems (NTNCWS) represent schools,
                   hospitals and other facilities in
                   communities that serve the resident
                   population but have their own water
                   supply systems.  Approximately 20,000
                   systems of this type exist in the United
                   States. Today's proposed regulation at
                   § 141.40(a)(l)(iii) would include
                   NTNCWS as a separate type of water
                   system to be included in the
                   representative sample for monitoring.
                   Typically, these  systems are closely
                   associated with a local resident
                   population and may be a significant
                   source of water consumed by that
                   population over  a lifetime. Indeed, these
                   systems may be a major source of water
                   consumed by individuals resident in a
                   community. The selection of NTNCWS
                   will use the same statistical process as
                   for community water systems (CWS),
                   with systems grouped within a State by
                   water source type and size category. The
                   reason for a separate category for
                   NTNCWS is to avoid double-counting of
population served when doing exposure
assessments of both small CWS and
NTNCWS, while allowing weighting of
lifetime water consumption by system
type.

(c) Transient Non-Community Systems

  Transient non-community water
systems represent systems providing
drinking water to transient populations
such as at a restaurant in a rural location
or a highway roadside rest area. About
97,000 of these systems exist in the
United States; their location and type
are highly variable. It would be difficult
to extrapolate exposure from monitoring
results, given the very short-term nature
of the systems' use by individuals who
may not be in the area for more than a
few hours or days. Because of problems
with implementation and cost for
sampling such a large and highly
variable set of typically very small
systems, EPA is proposing to exclude
transient systems from all unregulated
contaminant monitoring requirements.
In this regard, this proposal is consistent
with the current UCM program. EPA
seeks public comment on excluding
transient non-community systems from
State Monitoring Plans for the
representative sample of systems to be
monitored.

-------
Federal Register /Vol.  64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                               23423
 3. Geographic Location Within the State  State PlansLpursuant to section
   SDWA section 1445 specifies that
 State plans should consider "geographic
 location" when selecting a
 representative sample. This is
 accomplished at the broadest level by
 selecting systems from each State. Yet
 within a State, the sources of water may
 not be evenly distributed across that
 State, especially surface waters. Cities
 transfer water across watershed
 boundaries, or move water from one
 State to another. To best represent water
 being consumed by individuals, EPA
 proposes to define "geographic
 location" in the representative sample
 proposed today as the location of the
 source of water, rather than as an even
 distribution of points across the State.
 For example, if 40 percent of the
 persons in  a State obtain their water
 from one water source type (e.g., surface
 water), 40 percent of the systems
 selected as representative should be
 from that source type, even if this
 results in points unevenly distributed
 across the State. This distribution
 should be accommodated by the
 population-weighted statistical sample
 selection.

 4. Likelihood of Finding Contaminants
  Section 1445 (a) (2) (A) requires that the
 UCMR program take into account the
 likelihood of finding a contaminant in
 establishing variable monitoring
 requirements for systems. This proposal
 is intended to allow the UCMR program
 to focus on monitoring for contaminants
 that are expected to be found nationally
 or among several regions of the United
 States. Therefore, the expectation of
 finding the contaminants nationally is
 fundamental to the approach of the
 representative sample and its statistical
 method of random selection. However,
 the "likelihood of finding
 contaminants" factor is accommodated
 by the step-wise three-tiered approach
 of Pre-Screen Testing, Screening Survey
 and Assessment Monitoring.

 5. State Plans for the Representative
 Sample
  As discussed above, section 1445 •
 (a)(2)(C) allows States to develop State
Monitoring Plans (also referred to as
 "State Plans") to assess the occurrence
of unregulated contaminants for small
systems in the State. EPA believes that
the development of State Plans is
affected by  two other considerations: (i)
The State plans must fit together into a
national representative sample so that it
is, in fact, nationally "representative,"
and (ii) EPA will pay for the reasonable
costs of testing and laboratory analysis
necessary to carry out monitoring under
                    (a) Representative State Plans
                      To have representativeness at the
                    national level while at the same time
                    allowing each State to develop a "State
                    Plan," the testing for which will be
                    funded by EPA, the Agency proposes
                    the following approach: Based on a
                    statistical random selection process
                    applied to all CWS and NTNCWS
                    nationally using the average population
                    served by systems and water source type
                    (surface or ground water to ensure
                    geographic coverage) within service-size
                    category (25-500, 501-3,300, 3,301-
                    10,000 persons), EPA will select at least
                    twice as many CWS and NTNCWS as
                    required for the national representative
                    sample to allow for replacements of
                    systems, if necessary. EPA will use a
                    random number generator to select these
                    systems. These systems will be divided
                    into an "initial plan" list and a
                    "replacement list." The representative
                    sample will be allocated on a State
                    basis, considering the number of
                    persons served by each service size
                    category and water source type. The
                    "initial plan" list of systems will
                    identify those systems tentatively
                    selected by EPA for each State. For the
                    State plan, the State can adopt the EPA-
                    selected systems on the "initial plan" as
                    its plan, or review the list to determine
                    which systems should be removed from
                    the list because of such factors as
                    closure, merger, or water purchase
                    arrangement and submit a modified
                    plan. The State would then select the
                    next water system(s) from the
                    "replacement list" to replace the
                    system(s) removed, thus creating a
                    "modified  plan." The State, in either
                    case, would inform the EPA Regional
                    Office of the State's choice of plan (i.e..
                    "initial" plan or "modified" plan) along
                    with reasons for removing and replacing
                    systems on the "initial plan" within 60
                    days of receiving the "initial plan." If
                    EPA has not received a response from
                    the State, the EPA Regional Office will
                    consult with the State before adopting
                    the "initial plan" for that State as its
                    State Plan.  The State Plan would
                    include a process for the State to inform
                    the public water systems of their
                    selection for the representative sample
                    once the State has accepted the initial
                    plan or prepared the modified plan and
                    informed the EPA Regional Office of
                    this action. The EPA Regional Office
                    would inform systems if the State
                    chooses not to accept or modify the
                    initial plan. This approach ensures a
                    nationally representative set of systems
                    and allows a State flexibility to modify
                    EPA's "initial plan"with minimal
 burden. EPA would develop and
 provide initial plans to States and
 Tribes in the first half of year 2000 to
 allow sufficient time for State/Tribal
 review and modification, and for
 informing systems selected for the State
 Plans.
   Statistical Approach. Under today's
 proposal, the representative sample of
 small public water systems would be
 composed of a subset of systems which,
 in the aggregate, represent the public
 water systems of the three small system
 size categories within the United States.
 Within a State, public water systems
 would need to be selected so that the
 proportion of persons served by the
 systems sampled is as close as possible
 to the proportion of persons served by
 that system size category within that
 State. The portion of the national
 representative sample within a State's
 boundaries would become that State's
 Monitoring Plan, after review and
 possible adjustment by the State. The
 number of systems to be sampled in
 each State would be proportional to the
 percentage of persons served by public
 water systems of that size in the United
 States who reside within that State.
   For the small systems considered, a
 representative sample size of
 approximately 800 systems would
 provide a confidence level of 99 percent
 with an allowable error of plus or minus
 1 percent. This number of systems is
 statistically derived to allow population
 weighting for exposure assessment, with
 results being useful for analysis of
 contaminant occurrence at small
 systems, as well as a national analysis
 of all system sizes. EPA would allocate
 systems to each State, water source type
 and system size using an average
 number of persons served divided into
 the population served by systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer persons in each
 system size category. This approach
 ensures that each State has systems
 allocated to it for its State Plan. To
 accomplish this distribution of systems
 to each State, EPA would add to the
 statistically derived number for the
 representative sample a sufficient
 number of systems to allow this
 allocation for each State to have a plan
 that would then fit into the national
 representative sample. EPA would also
 add systems for NTNCWSs to be
 represented as a distinct group for the
 purposes of exposure assessment. Once
monitored, the results of the
representative sample of small systems
would then be combined with large
system results in an overall national
analysis of contaminant occurrence in
systems. EPA believes that this sample
size would provide an adequate level of
confidence, considering size,  type

-------
 23422
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
 (community and non-transient non-
 community water systems), and
 location. EPA also believes that this
 approach provides sufficient
 information for the decision processes
 drawing on UCMR monitoring data for
 systems serving 10,000 or fewer
 persons, while keeping testing costs at
 a manageable level for the contaminants
 in List 1 for Assessment Monitoring.
 This number of systems should be
 sufficient to evaluate statistically
 whether a contaminant occurs in a
 specified number of systems, such as 2
 or 3 percent. This number of systems,
 confidence level and allowable error
 will enable EPA to: (1) Evaluate the
 statistical significance of contaminant
 occurrence with low frequency and (2)
 compute the percent of systems for
 occurrence nationally, combining the
 results of both small and large systems.
  Further rationale for using a small
 estimate of the number of systems and
 small allowable error (confidence
 interval) in calculating the number of
 systems to be included in the
 representative sample is provided in the
 monitoring results from previous
 unregulated contaminant monitoring
 under the existing program. EPA has
 results from over 28,000 systems from
 the unregulated contaminant monitoring
 activities of 1988 to 1992 (the  first
 round of unregulated contaminant
 monitoring under the current program)
 that indicate that of the 34 contaminants
 required to be monitored at that time, 30
 had occurrence at less that 2 percent of
 systems and, of those, 27 had
 occurrence at less than 1 percent of
 systems. Ten of these contaminants
 were selected for the Contaminant
 Candidate List "Regulatory Priorities"
 (see Table 2) and all of these
 contaminants had occurrence  at less
 than 2 percent of systems and  eight, at
 less than 1 percent. Of the eight
 occurring at less than one percent of
 systems, four have health effects values
 within the concentration range of
 contaminant occurrence
 (Bromomethane (a pesticide),  1,3-
 dichloropropene (a pesticide),
 Hexachlorobutadiene (a solvent), and
 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane (a solvent)),
 and consequently may be considered for
 future regulation. These data point up
 the need to focus at the low end of
 occurrence. It also points to using a
small allowable error (confidence
 interval) to ensure that based on
statistics, EPA comes to the right
 decision on whether or not to regulate
these contaminants, once the Agency
has compared the results to health
effects data.
  EPA also proposes that State
Monitoring Plans include a
                    representative sample of systems for
                    Screening Survey monitoring of List 2
                    contaminants. The number of these
                    systems, selected through the same
                    statistical process from the systems used
                    to conduct Assessment Monitoring,
                    would be smaller (perhaps about 300)
                    because the purpose of the Screening
                    Survey is to test for contaminant
                    presence in systems rather than testing
                    for concentrations in an established
                    percentage (such as 2 or 3 percent) of
                    systems, as is the case for Assessment
                    Monitoring. For the Screening Survey, if
                    any low percent (e.g., 0.5 percent) of
                    systems have an occurrence of a
                    contaminant, then the contaminant
                    would be considered to occur at a level
                    that would indicate that it should be
                    included in the next round of
                    Assessment Monitoring.
                     If, based on prior information (e.g.,
                    from a Screening Survey or Pre-screen
                    Testing), EPA determines that a more
                    likely percent of systems with
                    occurrence, another statistical
                    confidence level and/or allowable error
                    can provide scientifically defensible
                    monitoring results, then EPA may apply
                    a different likely percent of systems,
                    confidence level, and/or allowable error
                    to determine a smaller representative
                    sample size. The statistical approach for
                    specifying the number of systems by
                    water source type (ground water, surface
                    water or ground water under the direct
                    influence of surface water) is as follows.
                     The number of systems, n, required in
                    the representative sample is determined
                    by the allowable error (±d) around the
                    estimate for p, the proportion of systems
                    which exceed a criteria (e.g., detection
                    level) of interest. Based on the binomial
                    distribution in statistics, the number of
                    systems n which must be sampled for a
                    likely proportion p of systems with
                    contaminant occurrence within the
                    allowable error d with confidence (1 —a)
                    is:
                             z (a/2)p(l-p)
                                               (D
                     The number of systems to be sampled,
                   n, does not depend on the total number
                   of systems available. The number from
                   the standard normal distribution, z, is
                   obtained from a table of the standard
                   normal distribution, representing a
                   collection of data following a "bell-
                   shaped curve" which have a
                   (standardized) mean of zero and
                   standard deviation of one. The
                   significance level, a, is the chance of the
                   statistical interval of interest not
                   containing the true value of the number
                   being estimated, which, in this case, is
                   the percent of systems having
                   occurrence of the contaminants of
concern on the UCM List. The true
value for the percentage of systems
having occurrence of the contaminants
of concern can only be known if all
systems are sampled, which is not
proposed since section  1445 (a) (2) (A)
requires that only a representative
subset of small systems be required to
monitor for unregulated contaminants.
Using this equation  (1), the matrix
below presents the required sample
sizes for several values of allowable
error and confidence level. For the
national representative sample, an
allowable error of ±.01 at a confidence
level of 99% and a likely proportion of
systems with contaminant occurrence of
1% was chosen. The possibilities for
sample size, confidence level and
allowable error considered in
developing this approach are:

 SAMPLE SIZES FROM A UNIVERSE OF
    65,600 SYSTEMS BASED ON—
Confidence level
(1-a)
90 percent 	
95 percent 	
99 percent 	

d, Allowable error
.03
30
42
73
.02
67
95
165
.01
266
380
659
.005
1,065
1,521
2,636
  EPA believes that a representative
sample size of 659 systems to be
sufficient to draw conclusions about
contaminant occurrence for small
systems, based on 99% (.99) confidence
level, 1% (.01) allowable error
(confidence interval), and target percent
of systems having occurrence of 1%.
EPA chose a confidence level of 99%
because it wanted to be that certain that
the true proportion was included in its
sample results. A 5% chance that the
window of error did not include the true
proportion was considered too
unacceptable, given the amount of
money invested in monitoring and
regulatory decisions. Based on the
monitoring program, a 1% risk (100-
99% confidence) that EPA missed the
target was more acceptable.
  A small allowable error (narrow
confidence interval), such as ±1%
(±0.01), is important for evaluating the
expected low percentages of systems
having occurrence of any of the
contaminants because EPA wants to be
able to determine when the results of
monitoring show that the percent of
systems is distinguishable from zero or
some other small value close to zero.
Determining this outcome will help EPA
decide which contaminants should
receive primary focus for possible
regulation after the results are evaluated
with health effects data.

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol.  64,  No. 83/Friday,  April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23423
   To further consider the implications
 of the table above, suppose that after
 sampling these 659 systems, the
 proportion p which equaled or exceeded
 a detection level was 4% (0.04). The
 estimate of the true (unknown)
 proportion would be 0.04 ±0.01, or 3 to
 5 percent. This interval has a 99%
 likelihood of containing the true
 proportion of systems having an
 occurrence of the contaminant of
 concern. There is a 1% (0.01) chance (a)
 that the true proportion is outside this
 estimated interval. A larger allowable
 error, d, (e.g., 3%) results in a wider
 estimate window. Knowing only that
 the proportion is somewhere within a
 window of 6% (e.g., between 1 and 7
 percent) was too large a window of error
 if the percent of systems having
 occurrence of the UCM List
 contaminants is less than 3 percent,
 which may be possible based on
 information from previous unregulated
 contaminant monitoring. In such a
 situation, it would be difficult to
 determine whether the percent of
 systems with occurrence was
 significantly different than zero or some
 small number.
  Additionally, EPA would increase the
 representative sample size to 710 to 720
 (711 used for calculation purposes here)
 to ensure that each State received an
 allocation of small systems, using an
 average population served
 (approximately 70,770) divided into the
 population of each source type and size
 category within each State, for the
 representative sample. (The example
 average population of 70,770 is close to
 the average population served by large
 systems.) EPA would also add
 approximately 80 to 90 systems to the
 sample size to address occurrence at
 non-transient noncommunity water
 systems (using the same average
 population to allocate systems), with the
 total number of systems then equaling
 790 to 810, rounded to 800. This
 comparable population allocation
 facilitates assigning the number of
 systems to each State in the
 representative sample.
  EPA invites public comment on the
 use of different confidence levels and/
 or allowable error (confidence interval)
 to determine the representative sample
 size, and the allocation of systems by
 state, water source type and system size
 using an average population served
 should occur, and if so, why and how.
 EPA also invites public comment on
 whether and how to allocate
 proportionally more systems in the
 representative sample to the size
 category of 25 to 500 persons served,
which represents only two percent of
the total population served by
 community water systems, but includes
 64 percent of all community water
 systems. Since these smaller systems
 vary considerably in location and access
 to a water source, allocating more
 systems to this category may improve
 EPA's understanding of contaminant
 occurrence in them.
   Initially, EPA had identified 1,800 to
 2,000 systems as the sample size for the
 representative sample. EPA first focused
 on this sample size considering that the
 percent of contaminant occurrence
 could be any value. In particular,
 requiring a narrow confidence interval
 around the occurrence level of 50
 percent leads to this larger sample size.
 Upon further reflection and analysis of
 the results of earlier unregulated
 contaminant monitoring, it was realized
 that EPA's primary concern is accurate
 estimation of low occurrence levels. As
 a result, the sample size was based on
 requiring a narrow confidence interval
 (0.01) with a high confidence (0.99) for
 occurrences as low as 1 percent
 (p=0.01). This leads to a sample size of
 659 systems. As noted above, EPA
 proposes to increase the sample size to
 800 to incorporate non-transient
 noncommunity water systems and to
 have at least 2 sampled systems per
 State. If higher percentages of systems
 with contaminant occurrence are
 observed, the sample size of 800
 systems provides a wider confidence
 interval. For example, if 30 percent of
 systems having occurrence of a
 contaminant, this sample size results in
 a confidence interval of about ±4
 percent. Even though the confidence
 interval is relatively wide, the statistics
 clearly demonstrate a high rate of
 occurrence, and if health data indicated
 major acute or chronic effects for this
 contaminant, EPA would likely decide
 to regulate it. With small percentages of
 systems having occurrence (e.g., 1 to
 2%), EPA believes that the statistical
 approach of using a 99% confidence
 level and 1% confidence interval will
 provide sufficient results for
 decisionmaking for the representative
 sample of small systems. Furthermore,
 when the results are combined with
 those of the 2,774 large systems and
 evaluated using a 99% confidence level
 and assuming 1 to 2 percent of systems
 have occurrence, a confidence interval
 of 0.4% results, allowing EPA to
 distinguish very low percentages of
 systems with occurrence from a zero
 percent of systems. This circumstance
 may be important for contaminants with
 important health effects when deciding
whether to regulate them. For the
 example mentioned above, if 30 percent
 of systems have occurrence for a
 contaminant, when the results are
 combined with those of large systems,
 the resulting confidence interval is ±2
 percent.
   The representative sample of 711
 systems will be .disaggregated to the
 State level, and further disaggregated by
 water source type (ground water or
 surface water) and system size (the three
 size categories of 25-500, 501-3,300,
 and 3,301-10,000 persons). The
 disaggregation by State, water source
 type and system size is described in the
 following example.
   Example. To determine the number of
 PWSs to be randomly selected for
 unregulated contaminant monitoring as
 part of the national representative
 sample, the following figures are used as
 the starting point and are
 approximations for the purposes of
 example only:
 U.S. population: 265,000,000
 U.S. population served by small PWSs
   serving < 10,000 persons: 50,000,000
   U.S. population served by small PWSs
 divided by 711 (the statistically derived
 number of 659 systems plus 52 systems
 for the national representative sample to
 allow allocation of systems to each
 State, water source and size category, to
 the extent possible),
 50,000,000/711 = 70,300 persons, the
   average number or persons that each
   system selected will represent in the
 -  allocation to each state in the
   representative sample (i.e., the
   number that EPA would divide into
   the population served by small
   systems serving 10,000 or fewer
   persons to determine the number of
   systems of that size that must be
   monitored in the State)
   State A population served by small
PWSs serving 10,000 or fewer persons
equals 1,251,340 persons, which
divided by 70,300 persons from the
previous step equals 17 systems, the
number of systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons that must be included in
the State Plan.
State A population served by small
  PWSs supplied by surface water (SW)
  or ground water under the direct
  influence of surface water (GWUDI)
  equals 449,920 persons.
State A population served by small
  PWSs supplied by ground water (GW)
  equals 801,420 persons.
For each water source type (surface or
  ground water), the population served
  by small systems is further divided
  into the size category. The next step
  is to divide the population in each
  size category by 70,300 to obtain the
  number of systems in that size
  category for the water source type that
  would be in the State Plan (identified

-------
23424
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
  below as "State Plan Systems
  Allocation"). For each water source
                     type, the example results for State A
                     are:

                     SW/GWUDI SYSTEMS IN STATE A
System size
(persons served)
10,000 to 3,301 	
3,300 to 501 	
500 or fewer 	

Total 	

Population served
by size category
281 ,200 persons 	 	 	
154,660 persons 	
14 060 persons 	



State plan
systems
allocation
4 systems.
2 systems.
0 systems.

6 systems.

                                            GW SYSTEMS IN STATE A
System size
(persons served)
10,000 to 3,301 	
3,300 to 500 	
500 or fewer 	

Total 	


421 ,800 persons ...
239 020 persons .
140,600 persons ...



Population served
by size category






State plan
systems
allocation
6 systems.
3 systems.
2 systems.

11 systems.

  The total of 6 surface water and 11
ground water systems equals 17
systems, the number in State A's Plan.
The replacement list of systems would
also be developed and provided at this
level of detail.
  EPA has prepared a background
document titled "National
Representative Sample and State Plans
for Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring for Public Water Systems
Serving 10.000 or Fewer Persons" to
describe in more detail this selection
process presented above and its relation
to the State Plans.  EPA requests public
comment on this proposal and its
supporting background document and
other approaches that EPA could
consider. The background document is
available today by calling the EPA Safe
Drinking Water Hotline at (800) 426-.
4791, or by viewing on EPA's Internet
Homepage for the Office of Ground
Water and Drinking Water
(www.epa.gov/ogwdw). Public
comments on the background document
should be sent to EPA with the heading
"Representative Sample Background
Document Comments" along with
comments on this proposed rule.
(b) Systems Selected for Pre-Screen
Testing
  For Pre-Screen Testing, States would
need to specify from 5 up to 25 systems
as being representative of systems most
vulnerable to the contaminants on List
3. EPA proposes to determine the
number of systems to be selected in any
State based on the number of persons
served by community and non-transient
noncommunity water systems in a State.
                   For the systems in this selection that
                   serve 10,000 or fewer persons, EPA
                   proposes that the States modify their
                   State Plans at the time of their selection
                   and notify the EPA Regional Office of
                   their addition to those Plans.
                   (c) Tribal Water Systems as a Separate
                   Group
                     Public water systems serving less than
                   10,000 persons that are located in
                   Indian country would be treated as a
                   single, separate group for the
                   representative sample. The random
                   selection process described above
                   weights systems within water source
                   and size category by population served;
                   as a result, a PWS in Indian country
                   would have the same probability of
                   being selected as any other water
                   system. Because no State has
                   jurisdiction over such systems, EPA will
                   consult with the appropriate tribal
                   government concerning whether any
                   initially selected system should be
                   replaced due to merger, closure, or
                   purchase of water from another system.
                   The resulting set of systems will be the
                   "state plan" for Indian country.

                   (d) "Index" Systems
                     EPA generally has less information
                   about systems serving 10,000 or fewer
                   persons. This lack of information on
                   these systems and their operation affects
                   EPA's ability to tailor regulations to
                   systems of this size. To provide an
                   improved understanding of small
                   systems, EPA proposes to select up to 30
                   small public water systems as "index"
                   sites and conduct Assessment
                   Monitoring at these systems during each
of the five years for which the UCM List
and national representative sample are
established. Index sites would be
selected from the systems designated in
State Monitoring Plans using a random
number generator. EPA would pay for
this monitoring, including provision of
sample equipment, shipment of
samples, testing, and support help to
collect samples by sending a field
technician to each index system to
obtain the samples. The purpose of this
sampling would be to provide quality
assurance in collection of the samples
for the thirty systems, to provide
information on the temporal variability
that may be encountered during a
monitoring cycle, and enhanced
understanding of these systems so that
their treatment in future regulations
would be more reflective of the
conditions under which they operate.
Owners/operators of index sites would
be required to provide data on well and
screen depth (if applicable), wells or
intakes used at the time of sampling and
pumping rates for each well or intake at
the time of sampling for unregulated
contaminants for use in characterizing
the UCM results without monitoring the
entire representative sample with this
same frequency and schedule. EPA or
its representative would collect further
information on precipitation, land use
and other environmental factors (e.g.,
soils and geology) to provide the Agency
with information on other conditions
potentially affecting drinking water
quality of small systems. This "index"
site monitoring will facilitate
extrapolation of Assessment Monitoring

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol.  64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23425
 results nationally for systems of this
 size.
  A description of the selection process
 for the "index" systems using a random
 number generator and their monitoring
 is presented in the background
 document, noted above, titled "National
 Representative Sample and State Plans
 for Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring for Public Water Systems
 Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons." EPA
 invites public comment on this "index"
 system aspect of the proposed UCM
 program described here.

 (e) Other State Data

  Any additional sites sampled by
 States should not be combined with
 those of the EPA approved State Plan for
 the purpose of computing national
 estimates of contamination. While
 providing useful information for
 protecting the health of persons using
 drinking water from these sites, these
 additional sites would bias the results of
 the nationally representative set of
 systems if included with those systems
 selected using  the stated national
 criteria. However, if the State desired to
 report the results of such monitoring,
 EPA could receive the data through the
 Safe Drinking Water Information System
 (SDWIS) for input to the NCOD. EPA
 plans to develop acceptance criteria to
 allow such data to be placed in the
 NCOD.
 6. Regulatory Options

  With respect to the size of the
 national representative sample, EPA
 needs to balance the number of systems
 required for validity with the cost of
 paying for the testing. EPA believes that
 the proposed approach balances the
 number of systems to be tested with the
 cost and also balances a national
 representative sample with the
 allowance for State plans. The proposed
 approach also relieves States from
 having to develop the statistical design
 and specify the systems to be
 monitored.
  EPA has studied and rejected a
 second option of a regulation that would
 specify the conditions and criteria
 under which the States could select the
 systems in their State. Such an option
 might have included criteria such as
 specific numbers of systems for the
 State Plan by water source type and
system size category, operation of a
random number generator, and the list
of systems to be used. From a scientific
 perspective, this would not result in a
 consistent representative sample
because implementation of the criteria
would likely vary from State to State.
The value of the resulting estimates
would thus be jeopardized. This would
also be more burdensome for the States.
  A third option which EPA also
studied and rejected is to weight
monitoring based on prior knowledge of
contaminant use or occurrence, system
operation, or other locational
information. The concern with this
approach is the larger number of
systems required to provide the results.
If any prior knowledge of the proportion
of conditions in each of several
categories is known, allotting unequal
numbers of samples to each category (or
"strata") can provide the same overall
level of confidence and allowable error
while requiring fewer samples for that
strata. This is called stratified random
sampling. For example, suppose VOCs
are known to largely occur in ground
waters and not surface waters. This
information can be used to apportion
samples unequally between ground
water and surface water systems such
that the overall proportion of
contamination can be estimated with
fewer samples for those contaminants.
Fewer samples would be needed in
surface systems where contamination is
low because the proportion of
contamination does not change much.
  Other contaminants such as certain
pesticides may occur more frequently in
surface waters. Using the same design as
for VOCs would result in very poor
estimates of the proportion
contaminated because few samples
would be taken from the conditions
where pesticide contamination occurs.
So "tailoring" designs to reduce the
number of systems needed would result
in a different set of systems to be
sampled for each contaminant group.
Some systems would sample for  some
contaminants, but not others. The total
number of systems involved in a
sampling design stratified for different
contaminants would be greater than for
a simpler design, such as the proposal.
At this point, not enough is known
about some contaminants to adequately
stratify a sample. Reactions to stratified
designs have been largely negative at
Stakeholder meetings. Therefore, one set
of representative systems for all
contaminants is proposed here, even
though it is not "optimal" for any single
contaminant.
  Additionally, some pesticides  (e.g.
diazinon) on Lists 1 and 2 have been
observed to exceed acute human
toxicity levels. Although the Agency is
proposing a nationwide random survey
of small CWS, the Agency notes that
such a monitoring program may
underestimate pesticide occurrence
because of the non-random spatial
nature of pesticide use patterns and its
relationship to population.
  An alternative approach that could
address this potential underestimation
would be to stratify sampling based on
contaminants or contaminant groups
(e.g., pesticides, volatile organic
compounds and microorganisms) and to
target sampling to areas of high
pesticide use or expected contaminant
occurrence considering available
information. Sampling could then be
targeted to randomly selected systems in
the expected use or most vulnerable
areas. Separate statistical designs would
need to be developed for each
contaminant or contaminant group.
Such an approach has the downside,
however, of eliminating the capability of
having State and size based
stratifications for small system
sampling. Nevertheless, between the
targeted "upper bound" type samples
and the more geographically
representative large system samples,
this approach would provide a more
sensitive indicator of the potential
threat posed by a particular
contaminant
  Public comment is specifically
requested on this alternative approach
to sample site selection.
  Another issue with respect to
sampling relates to the timing of
quarterly samples for surface water
supplied systems. Quarterly sampling,
even with a targeted vulnerable quarter
as proposed, may not capture periods of
peak pesticide occurrence in every case
and, therefore, may underestimate
exposure. An alternative to quarterly
sampling for surface water supplied
systems would be to sample monthly in
the three most vulnerable months (e.g.,
May, June and July, as in today's
proposal) and in one month that is
representative of the rest of the year.
While this approach might provide a
more reliable picture of pesticide
occurrence, it may be incompatible with
peak occurrence of other contaminants
(such as volatile organic compounds)
during other months of the year.
Furthermore, events of an extremely
ephemeral nature may not be of public
health significance. EPA requests public
comment on the adequacy of the
quarterly monitoring approach
suggested in this rule and the efficacy of
alternative approaches considering
representativeness, implementability
and cost. Comment is also requested on
all aspects relating to the timing and
frequency of monitoring, system
selection, and targeted monitoring
relative to contaminants.
G. Reporting of Monitoring Results
  Under the current unregulated
contaminant monitoring program,
reporting requirements exist at 40 CFR

-------
23426
Federal Register/Vol. 64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
 141.35. Today's proposed regulation
 replaces those requirements to make the
 reported results more useful for sound
 scientific analyses of the occurrence of
 unregulated contaminants.

 1. PWS and State Reporting to EPA
   Unregulated contaminant monitoring
 data is one of four types of data that will
 potentially be reported to the National
 Drinking Water Contaminant
 Occurrence Data Base (NCOD) as
 required by section 1445(g). The other
 types of data that may be included in
 the NCOD are: (1) Regulated
 Contaminant Occurrence Data below the
 maximum contaminant level  (MCL) but
 above the minimum reporting level
                     (MRL) (a regulation may be developed
                     to obtain this data during 1999); (2)
                     source water monitoring data; and (3)
                     other data from special studies and
                     research. Since tiiese data will come
                     from varying sources, they may have
                     different reporting requirements. The
                     PWS data from unregulated
                     contaminant monitoring may have the
                     smallest number of data elements to be
                     reported because of the greater level of
                     control over the quality of the data
                     through the laboratory certification
                     programs and the monitoring and
                     quality control requirements proposed
                     today. The uses of UCM program data
                     that support the need for the data
elements proposed today are: (a)
Identification contaminants for the
Contaminant Candidate List, (b)
selection of contaminants for future
regulation, and (c) development of new
national primary drinking water
regulations for the selected
contaminants.
  Under the current UCM program, the
State Reporting Guidance for
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring,
EPA-812-B-94-001, August 1994,
identifies the 12 data elements in Table
8 that should be reported by PWSs to
States, and by States to EPA, for each
unregulated contaminant sample test
result.
                                TABLE 8.—CURRENT UCMR REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
       Data Element
                                                 Definition
Public Water System (PWS)
  Identification Number.
Sampling Point Identification
  Number.
Sampling Point (Station)
  Type.
Water Source Type
Sample Identification Num-
  ber.
Sample Collection Date 	
Contaminant	
Analytical Results—Sign	
Analytical Result—Value ....
Analytical Result—Unit of
  Measure.
Analytical Method Number,
Composite 	,
      The code used to identify each PWS. The code begins with the standard two-character postal State abbreviation;
        the remaining seven characters are unique to each PWS.
      An ID number established by the State, or, at the State's discretion, the PWS, and unique to the system for a
        sampling point. Within each PWS, each sampling point must receive a unique ID number, including entry points
        to the distribution system as well as other locations within the public water system, such as wellhead, intake, or
        within the distribution system. The same Sampling Point Identification Number must be used consistently
        throughout the history of unregulated contaminant monitoring to represent the sampling point. NOTE: This data
        element is proposed to be combined under "Water system facility identification number."
      The water type represented by the sample. The valid choices are:
      (a) Finished/treated water.
      Note: expanded in this proposal to include:
          0) Finished Water from treatment system.
          (ii) Entry Point to the distribution system after treatment.
          (iii) Within the Distribution System.
          (iv) End of the Distribution line with longest residence time.
          (v) Household/drinking water tap.
          (vi) Unknown.
          (vii) Other.
          (b) Raw/untreated water.
      The source type represented by the sample. The valid choices are:
      (a) Surface water or purchased surface water. NOTE: Expanded in this proposal to include: (i) Stream, and (ii)
        Lake Reservoir.
      (b) Ground water under the direct influence of surface water or purchased Ground water under the direct influ-
        ence of surface water.
      (c) Ground water or purchased ground water.
      A unique identifier assigned by the PWS for each sample.

      The date the sample is collected.
      The unregulated contaminant for which the sample is being analyzed.
      An alphanumeric value indicating whether the sample analysis result was:
          (a) (<) "less than" means the contaminant was not detected or was detected at a level "less than" the MRL.
          (b) (=) "equal to" means the contaminant was detected at a level "equal to" the value reported in "Analytical
            Result—Value."
      The actual numeric value of the analysis for chemical and microbiological results.
      The unit of measurement for the analytical  results reported, (e.g., micrograms per liter, "ug/L; colony-forming
        units per milliliter, CFU/mL, etc.)
      The method number of the analytical method used.
      NOTE: "Composite" is on the current UCM Data Element list but is proposed to be deleted from the future UCM
        Data Element List because compositing is not consistent with contaminant occurrence monitoring.
  EPA engaged in an extensive process
of stakeholder and technical review
when developing the NCOD to identify
information reporting requirements that
allow data from different sources to be
adequately evaluated, compared, and
interpreted. The NCOD information
requirements process has identified
                     additional data elements that must be
                     considered for UCM reporting with
                     unregulated contaminant sample test
                     results. These data elements are
                     especially important because many of
                     the contaminants may not be routinely
                     tested for and will need sample test data
                     quality indicators to assist in
interpreting the results. These
additional data elements for the
unregulated contaminants, and the
reasons EPA is proposing to add them
to the reporting requirements, are
explained briefly below. EPA is
requesting public comment on these
additional reporting requirements

-------
                      Federal Register/Vol.  64, No.  83/Friday,  April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                                         23427
 identified in Table 7, Proposed Data
 Elements for the UCMR.
       Proposed data element
                    Definition
              Reason for reporting
 Public Water System Facility Identi-
  fication Number—Source  Intake/
  Well, Treatment  Plant and Sam-
  pling Station.
Public Water System Facility Type ..
Latitude of the Public Water System
  Facility for Source Intake/Well and
  Treatment Plant.

Longitude of the Public Water Sys-
  tem Facility for Source Intake/Well
  and Treatment Plant
Sample Type
Detection Level
Detection Level Unit of Measure
 An identification number established by the State,
   or, at the State's discretion, the PWS, and unique
   to the system for an intake for each source of
   water, a treatment plan and a sampling station.
   Within each PWS, each  intake, treatment plant
   and sampling point must receive a unique identi-
   fication  number, including, for intake,  surface
   water intake, ground water well or wellfield cen-
   troid; and, for sampling  station, entry points to
   the distribution system, wellhead (or wellfield), in-
   take, or locations within  the distribution  system.
   The same  identification  number  must be used
   consistently through the  history of  unregulated
   contaminant monitoring to represent the facility.
 The facility type represented by the water system
   facility identification number:
    (i) Intake (for surface water sources);
    (ii) Well or wellfield (for ground water sources);
    (iii) Treatment Plant;
    (iv) Sampling Station;
    (v) Entry Point to Distribution System;
    (vi) Reservoir;
    (vii) Booster Pumping Station; and
    (viii) Unknown.
 The east-west coordinate of  each  source intake,
   well or wellfield  centroid,  and treatment plant as-
   sociated with a sample expressed as decimal  de-
   grees.
 The north-south coordinate  of each source intake,
   well or wellfield  centroid,  and treatment plant  as-
   sociated with a sample expressed as decimal  de-
   grees.
 The type of sample collected. Permitted values in-
   clude:
    (a) Reference  Sample—calibration  or QC sam-
      ples.
    (b) Field Sample—sample collected and sub-
      mitted for analysis under this rule.
    (c) Confirmation  Sample—a sample analyzed
      to confirm an initial contaminant detection.
    (d) Field Blank—reagent water or  other blank
      matrix placed in a sample container in  the
      laboratory and treated as a sample in all re-
      spects,  including shipment to the sampling
      site, storage, preservation, and all analytical
      procedures.
    (e) Equipment Blank—samples generated  7by
      processing reagent water through the equip-
      ment using the same procedures used in  the
      field to demonstrate  that the  equipment is
      free from contamination.
    (f) Split Sample—sample divided into sub-sam-
      ples submitted to different laboratories or  an-
      alysts for analysis.
 "Detection  level" is referring to the detection limit
  applied to both the method  and equipment.  De-
  tection limits are the lowest concentration of a
  target contaminant that a  given method or piece
  of equipment can reliably ascertain and report as
  greater  than  zero (i.e.,  Instrument Detection
  Limit, Method Detection Limit, Estimated Detec-
  tion Limit).
The unit of measure to express the concentration,
  count, or other value of a contaminant level  for
  the detection level reported.
 (e.g., ng/L, colony forming units/mL (CFU/mL), etc.)
Identify source water, treatment plant and sampling
  location for use in evaluating contaminant source
  controls in regulation development. The source
  intake/well identification number can be related to
  latitude and longitude for use in geographic anal-
  ysis of land use, soils, geology and precipitation
  for alternative  treatment  and  control analysis.
  Treatment plant identification number can be re-
  lated to treatment information for that plant to use
  in analysis of  alternative treatments. Sampling
  Station identification  number will allow the sam-
  ple test result to be  consistently associated with
  the same sample location over time for trend
  analysis.
Indicates the type of  facility associated with  the
  water  system  facility  identification  number  to
  allow appropriate analysis of the results of each
  sample being taken and tested  for  alternative
  treatment analysis.
Used to indicate location of the facility in the water-
  shed to allow analysis of alternative treatments
  and in relation to the population being served.

    Do.
Indicates reference field, confirmation, etc. sample
  type to ensure that the sample test result is used
  for'the  appropriate analysis (e.g., contaminant
  concentration trends,  sample test performance,
  etc.).
                                                                                    Indicates lowest quantifiable measurement level ap-
                                                                                      plied through the method to the sample to allow
                                                                                      comparison with other sample test results.
                                                                                    Indicates the reporting unit for the detection limit.

-------
23428
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
      Proposed data element
                              Definition
             Reason for reporting
Analytical Precision
Analytical Accuracy
Presence/Absence 	
            For purposes of the UCMR, Analytical Precision is
              defined as the relative percent difference (RPD)
              between spiked matrix duplicates. The-RPD for
              the spiked  matrix duplicates  analyzed in  the
              same batch of samples as the analytical result
              being reported is to be entered in this field. Preci-
              sion is calculated as Relative Percent Difference
              (RPD) between spiked matrix duplicates using,
            RPD=[(Xi -X2)/{(X,+X2)/2}]x100 	
            For purposes of the UCMR accuracy is defined as
              the percent recovery of the contaminant in  the
              spiked matrix sample analyzed  in the same ana-
              lytical batch as the sample result being  reported
              and calculated using;
            %recovery=[(amt. found in Sp—amt. found in sam-
              ple)/amt. spiked]x100.
            Chemicals: Presence—a response was produced
              by the analysis (i.e., greater than or  equal to the
              MDL but less than the minimum reporting level)/
              Absence—no response was  produced  by  the
              analysis (i.e., less than the MDL)
            Microbiologicals: Presence—indicates  a response
              was  produced  by the analysis/Absence—indi-
              cates no response was produced by the analysis
Indicates variability among  laboratory results  as
  measured by testing replicate field or duplicate
  spiked samples, and is a key measure of sample
  test performance.
Indicates whether test results are within a group of
  measurements corresponding to the true value of
  the results, and is a key measure of sample test
  performance.
Chemicals: Indicates results  that do not  have a
  quantifiable value. Microbiologicals: Allows meas-
  ure under conditions and for microorganisms that
  are not able to be counted.
  Note that "composite" is proposed to
be deleted from the original set of data
elements since the proposed rule would
not allow compositing. Since this
program is designed to measure actual
occurrence of contaminants,
compositing (the combining of samples
from several sampling points of a water
system) would dilute concentrations of
contaminants to be measured.
Stakeholders supported deletion of
compositing as contrary to the objective
ofUCM.
  Also note that "Public Water System
Facility source intake identification
number" is currently required to be
reported under existing reporting
requirements for the Safe Drinking
Water Information System (SDWIS).
This proposal would continue this
requirement and expand it to include
treatment plant and sampling station,
but the definition makes specific that it
cannot change over time. EPA is not
requiring through today's proposal the
reporting of treatment data (treatment
objectives and processes) since these
data are already required to be reported
by January 1,2000, for all systems. (Safe
                     Drinking Water Information System
                     FACT SHEET, Revised Inventory
                     Reporting Requirements, June 1998).
                     Additionally, the source of water in this
                     case is associated with each sample so
                     that the data can be used in evaluating
                     contaminant source controls in a
                     watershed or over an aquifer. An
                     alternative would be to report the "River
                     Reach" or "Aquifer" for each sample,
                     but that approach would require data to
                     be reported that is not currently
                     required, or not readily available, in the
                     case of aquifers.
                       The rationale for proposing the
                     inclusion of these data elements is that
                     EPA needs the detailed information
                     concerning the sample test, location,
                     and treatment that would allow the
                     results to be used in making a
                     determination of whether or not to
                     regulate the contaminant. The specific
                     reasons are identified in Table 9. To
                     avoid duplicative and costly resampling
                     efforts, EPA believes that systems
                     should obtain and report the most
                     complete information the first time a
                     sample is tested.
      The information requirements process
    for development of the NCOD identified
    technical questions that need to be
    answered in the regulatory process that
    the UCMR is to support. These data
    elements are associated with these
    questions. While the list of data
    elements would increase by eight (from
    12 to 20) if all the data elements are
    included in today's proposed UCMR (as
    compared to the existing UCMR),
    reporting them the first time precludes
    the need to obtain the information
    tiirough another process. Because the
    1996 SDWA Amendments expanded the
    determinations and types of analyses
    that need to be conducted to develop a
    rule, including tiiese data elements is
    responsive to the new regulatory
    environment in which drinking water
    regulations must be developed.
      Because reporting of locational and
    treatment data may be one time or
    infrequent, these new data elements will
    not be a major burden for a PWS. The
    anticipated reporting frequency for the
    data elements is as follows:
                        TABLE 9.—ANTICIPATED REPORTING FREQUENCY FOR DATA ELEMENTS
               Current and proposed data element
                                                        Proposed frequency of reporting
Public Water System Identification Number	
Public Water System Facility (PWSF) Identification Number-Source In-
  take/Well, Treatment Plant, and Sampling Station.
Public Water System Facility Type 	
Sampling Station Type 	
Water Source Type 	
Sample Identification Number
Sample Collection Date	
                                        With each sample.
                                        With each sample.

                                        One time, associated with PWSF Identification Number.
                                        One time, associated with PWSF Identification Number for Sampling
                                          Station.
                                        One time, associated with PWSF Identification Number for Source In-
                                          take.
                                        With each sample.
                                        With each sample.

-------
                    Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                      23429
                   TABLE 9.—ANTICIPATED REPORTING FREQUENCY FOR DATA ELEMENTS—Continued
               Current and proposed data element
                                    Proposed frequency of reporting
 Latitude of Water System Facility for Source Intake/Well and Treatment
   Plant.
 Longitude of Water System Facility for Source Intake/Well and Treat-
   ment Plant.
 Contaminant 	4	
 Analytical Results—Sign 	'..'.'.'.'.'".'.
 Analytical Result—Value 	
 Unit of Measure	
 Analytical Method Number	'„'",'.
 Sample Type 	.-.	
 Detection Level	
 Detection Level Unit of Measure	'...'".'".
 Analytical Precision	
 Analytical Accuracy	
 Presence/Absence	
                    One time, associated with PWSF Identification Number for Source In-
                      take/Well and Treatment Plant.
                    One time, associated with PWSF Identification Number for Source In-
                      take/Well and Treatment Plant.
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample.
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
                    With each sample (from the laboratory testing).
   Three of the additional nine proposed
 data elements would be one-time or
 infrequently updated information:
 Water system facility type, Latitude and
 Longitude. These three data elements do
 not need to be reported with each
 sample once they have been reported by
 the PWS and State to SDWIS. Water
 system facility identification number-
 source intake/well is already required to
 be reported to SDWIS under other
 authority. Five of the remaining
 elements will be supplied by the
 laboratory and the ninth is the sample
 type identifier (e.g., field sample,
 confirmation sample, spiked sample,
 etc.).
   Additionally, EPA proposes to require
 owners/operators of index sites that are
 part of State Plans for the national
 representative sample to provide data
 concerning well casing and screen
 depths and pumping rates at each well
 or intake at the time of monitoring. The
 reason for this reporting is that it will
 allow EPA to tailor regulations to
 systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons
 by relating sample test results to
 conditions that affect capture of
 contaminants by ground water supplied
 systems.
 2. Regulatory Options
   Following are the four regulatory
 options EPA considered for data
 elements in the proposed UCMR.
   (a) Use the existing set of twelve
 UCMR data elements in the new rule.
 EPA studied and rejected this option
 because it is not responsive to the
 current regulatory needs. With the
 current data elements, it is not possible
to evaluate the performance parameters
 of the test result that should be
compared to other test results from
other laboratories or PWSs, at least
when considering and reporting
detection levels. The locational
information not in the existing data
 elements is important in conducting
 exposure assessments and evaluating
 alternative treatment and control
 measures. Similarly, associating
 treatment plant information with the
 sample test results is critical in
 considering treatment and control
 alternatives.
   (b) Add only the sample analysis data
 elements. This option would improve
 the ability to evaluate and compare the
 results among themselves, but would
 not facilitate exposure, technical, and
 implementation considerations being
 addressed in this effort. The drawback
 of this option for contaminants of
 concern is that additional information
 would need to be obtained through
 special studies or surveys, which can be
 expensive. This would slow the
 regulatory process for a contaminant
 that needs to be regulated.
   (c) Add the sample analysis and
 locational data elements. This option
 would allow better evaluation and
 comparison of test results and facilitate
 exposure assessments, but not allow
 treatment evaluations to be done.
   (d) Use all the data elements
 identified above. EPA has selected this
 option because it would allow better
 evaluation and comparison of test
 results, as well as facilitate exposure
 assessments and regulation
 development. The capability of
 associating treatment information with
 sample test results through the Public
 Water System Facility Identification
 Number would be included in the
 reporting, with the expectation that no
 or only minor treatment studies targeted
 to the specific contaminants would need
to be conducted. The locational
 information (Latitude and Longitude)
associated with the Public Water System
Facility Identification Number for
intakes and wells (or wellfield
centroids) and treatment plants would
enable analysis of alternatives for
 treatment and control measures at the
 facility or in the watershed for
 contaminant best management practices.
 This option is fully responsive to the
 current regulatory environment.
   Options (a) through (c) were rejected
 because they would require EPA to
 return to the PWS to obtain additional
 information necessary to meet the
 objectives of unregulated contaminant
 monitoring. This second action would
 increase the burden of EPA and the
 PWS. Attempting to associate
 information with a sample after the
 original monitoring event does not
 ensure that the correct data is properly
 obtained and associated with the
 sample, jeopardizing any subsequent
 analyses.
 3. Timing of Reporting
   EPA proposes in this rule in
 § 141.35(c) that PWSs report to States or
 the primacy agency the monitoring
 results within ten days of their receipt.
 This proposal is consistent with
 compliance reporting requirements
 under § 141.31. EPA also proposes that
 States report electronically to the
 National Drinking Water Contaminant
 Occurrence Database (NCOD)
 (§ 142.15(c)(3)) to be maintained by EPA
 by the quarter following their receipt of
 the data from PWSs.

 4. Method of Reporting
  SDWA section 1445 (a)(2)(D) states
 that each PWS that conducts monitoring
 of unregulated contaminants must
 provide the results of the monitoring to
 the primary enforcement authority for
 the system. Today's proposed rule
 requires electronic reporting by PWSs to
 States (§ 141.35(b)) or the primary
 enforcement authority, and by States to
 EPA (§ 142.15(c)(3)). The proposal does
allow the primary enforcement
authority to specify another method for
reporting by a PWS. Stakeholders

-------
23430
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed  Rules
supported this approach. Note that EPA
wHl pay for the testing and laboratory
analysis of samples for small systems in
State Monitoring Plans. Since EPA
intends to establish electronic
recordkeeping of the results from
systems in State Plans, electronic
reporting for these systems would be
done through the assistance of EPA. A
State might consider specifying another
method for reporting when a system
serving over 10,000 persons has not
developed the capability to report
electronic results. However, most
laboratories have this capability and
could probably provide this service for
thePWS.
  With respect to electronic reporting
by States to EPA, the Agency has
determined that ninety percent of the
States now have the current unregulated
contaminant monitoring data in
electronic format and could provide it
in that form. Since most States rely on
electronic reporting to manage the
significant amount of data they possess,
EPA proposes that all States report
electronically. EPA will consult with
States that do not have this capability to
determine other options for obtaining
electronic reports of their data to
comply with this proposed requirement.
5. Public Notification of Availability of
Results
  SDWA section 1445 (a)(2)(E) requires
notification of the results of the UCMR
program to be made available to persons
served by the system. The results of
UCMR monitoring for CWSs will be
reported through the Consumer
Confidence Reports (CCR), pursuant to
SDWA section 1414(c)(4)(B) and the
final regulation recently published in
the Federal Register and, for non-
                   community systems, through the revised
                   public notification rule to be proposed
                   in mid-1999. Failure to monitor for
                   unregulated contaminants required
                   through the UCMR will also be
                   reportable under the public notification
                   rule.
                     The results that would be reported
                   through the CCR and public notification
                   rules should be based on the same
                   monitoring data that the States would
                   receive under the UCMR and would be
                   required to be reported to the NCOD.
                   Information in the NCOD will be
                   available to the public.

                   6. Voluntary Reporting

                     EPA also requests public comment on
                   establishing a voluntary reporting
                   program for contaminants that may be
                   monitored and tested for because of
                   local concerns but for which EPA is not
                   requiring monitoring or reporting as part
                   of this rule. The reporting requirements
                   for the contaminants on the proposed
                   Monitoring List would not apply to
                   voluntarily reported data for other
                   unregulated contaminants. However,
                   monitoring data related to contaminants
                   of local or State concern and not on
                   today's monitoring list could be
                   voluntarily reported to the NCOD to
                   assist in determining whether they may
                   be a national problem and should be
                   considered for establishing health-based
                   standards (maximum contaminant
                   levels) or advisories. EPA may consider
                   providing reporting guidance for
                   voluntary reporting of such results. EPA
                   would be interested in integrating local
                   and/or State data at the national level to
                   see whether perceived local concerns
                   have broader national occurrence
                   implications. EPA would comply with
the Paperwork Reduction Act in
collecting such data.
  By August 1999, EPA expects to have
the capability to accept such additional
data and store it in the NCOD. The data
in the NCOD database will be accessible
to the public. The voluntarily reported
data on contaminants (chemical,
microbiological and radiological) would
assist EPA in determining which
contaminants it should be concerned
about nationally for developing the
Contaminant Candidate Lists and UCMR
Lists in the future. Comments on this
proposed voluntary reporting program,
separately identified as comments on
"Voluntary Reporting of Other
Unregulated Contaminants," may be
submitted along with comments on
today's proposed regulation.

IV. Implementation of Today's Proposal

  The implementation of today's
proposed regulation has several aspects
that will be addressed here in
approximate chronological order. These
steps include the following: setting an
effective date; program delegation;
establishing the laboratory testing
program; continued research on
methods development; determining the
national representative sample and
associated State plans; conducting the
sampling, analysis, and reporting; and
.modifying the monitoring list. The
proposed revised UCMR program is
described in Figure 1, "Proposed
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Approach. Additionally, a critical part
of this  program is funding for the testing
of the national representative sample of
systems serving 10,000 or fewer
persons.
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P

-------
               Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                     23431
          EPA UCM
             List
           up to 30
         contaminants
    Assessment Monitoring
      List 1 Contaminants
   Quarterly for surface water
    systems and two times six
    months apart for ground
   water systems for one year,
       during 2001-2003
        All 2,800 large
           systems
        Representative
        Sample of small
       . systems (800 of
       65,600) identified
           by EPA
   Two Screening Surveys for
      List 2 Contaminants
    300 statistically selected
    systems in each of 2 years
     (2002 and 2003); same
    frequency as Assessment
         Monitoring
             ±
      Pre-Screen Testing
      List 3 Contaminants
    up to 200 most vulnerable
  systems, 2 times during 2004
 7 or more Governors may petition EPA to
         add contaminants to list
    State may
   apply to EPA
       for
   Contaminant
   Monitoring
     Waiver
  State may
   waive
  electronic
 reporting for
   PWS
    State
 Monitoring
    Plan
     for
Representative
   Sample
    PWS
 Reporting
Electronically
   20 Data
  Elements
  EPA Pays
  for Small
  Systems in
  Plan and in
  Pre-Screen
   Testing
    State
 Reporting
Electronically
   20 Data
  Elements
   Public
Notification,
 Consumer
 Confidence
   Report
    EPA
  National
Contaminant
 Occurrence
 Database/
SDWIS-FED
                      Figure 1
     Proposed Unregulated Contaminant
              Monitoring Approach
BILLING CODE 6560-SO-C

-------
23432
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
A. Setting an Effective Date
  For eleven of the contaminants on the
UCMR Monitoring List proposed to be
tested under Assessment Monitoring,
EPA already has methods for testing that
are expected to give reliable and
reproducible results. These methods are
widely used with the exception of
methods for Aeromonas, a
microbiological contaminant, in the
drinking water industry but not
necessarily for these contaminants.
Testing for these contaminants will,
along with other information, help EPA
determine whether or not to regulate
these contaminants. Results of the
UCMR testing should also be available
for revising the CCL before the next CCL
must be issued (February 2003).
Therefore, EPA proposes that the
                   effective date of the UCMR program be
                   January 1, 2001, sixteen months after
                   the expected promulgation of the final
                   rule. This timeframe, sixteen months, is
                   necessary for States to make changes in
                   their programs to allow the testing to
                   occur and for States to review the initial
                   State Monitoring Plans and inform small
                   PWSs of their selection and of their
                   responsibilities for monitoring. EPA will
                   also use this time to set up its laboratory
                   program for testing samples from small
                   systems. Because the contaminants in
                   List 1 to be tested under Assessment
                   Monitoring will have analytical
                   methods currently in use (several
                   methods for compliance monitoring),
                   this timeframe of 16 months (in
                   combination with the assistance
                   provided by the methods and quality
                                     control manual) should be sufficient to
                                     allow laboratories serving large systems
                                     (those providing drinking water to more
                                     than 10,000 persons) adequate time to
                                     organize and implement the testing
                                     program. EPA is taking steps to ensure
                                     that methods and quality control
                                     manual and contaminant occurrence
                                     reporting guidances are in place to
                                     allow the program to be implemented at
                                     that time. The requirements for small
                                     systems and sampling and quality
                                     control procedures for all systems are
                                     specified in § 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5)
                                     and Appendix A. Figure 2 describes the
                                     proposed timing for the implementation
                                     of the major components and activities
                                     supporting the UCMR program.
                                     BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
        1999
     2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
*
UCMR Issued:
Guidance
Available
Laboratory,
Operational
Representative
Sample selected
bv EPA
National
Contaminant
Occurrence
Database
Operation a]

State Plans
Inform EPA and
PWSs

List 1C
All 2,77-i
4 Index Sit
30 Small
^-F1.-J1I.-.1.0101..-. gjpyeellill
last 2 C
300 Lar;
(2001 or 20

ntaminants
Large and 800 S
•s Monitoring: _
PWSs
' Survey:
ntaminauts
;c and Small PW!
w
J2)
P re-Screening
Testing:
States Specify
Vulnerable
Systems

nail PWSs

s
(2003 or 2004
•4- Pre-Screen T<
List 3 Contan
with Methods up t
and Small PWSs (
Next
Contaminant
Candidate
List Issued




i
sting: IN
titan ts
> 200 large
2003 or 2004)
Next UCMR
List Issued

	 p>
Analyze
Results
                                                         Figure 2
                           Proposed Implementation Timeline of UCMR and Related Activities
BILLING CODE 65W-SO-C

B. Primacy Program Revision
  The UCMR program has historically
been a requirement for State assumption
of primary enforcement authority
("primacy") for the PWS program under
SDWA. Primacy allows a State to be the
primary agency for administering and
enforcing the PWS program in that
State. EPA believes that today's revision
of the UCMR, when final, should also
become part of a States's primacy
                   program. Therefore, each State that
                   currently has PWS primacy will need to
                   address any changes in the existing
                   State authorities necessary to implement
                   this revised rule. The procedure for
                   revision of State programs is found in 40
                   CFR 142.12.

                   C. Implementation in Indian Country

                     This proposed rule has several
                   provisions applying to State
                   governments; this preamble section is
                                     intended to clarify how these provisions
                                     would apply in Indian country and to
                                     request comment on EPA's proposed
                                     approach. First, with respect to state
                                     plans, as explained earlier in the section
                                     on designation of the representative
                                     sample, EPA intends to include all
                                     small systems in Indian country
                                     together as a single, separate group. Just
                                     as small systems in each State will be
                                     selected at random for participation in
                                     the UCMR, small systems located

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol.  64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                     23433
 anywhere in Indian country will be
 selected at random. Instead of notifying
 the State and allowing the State to select
 alternative systems due to closure,
 merger or water purchase, however,
 EPA will contact the appropriate tribal  .
 governments to make sure that the
 selected systems have not closed or
 merged and do not buy water from
 another system. The resulting group of
 systems will be the "state plan" for all
 Indian country. The appropriate EPA
 regional office will notify the selected
 systems of their UCMR responsibilities.
  Under the proposal, states can also
 participate in the UCMR by specifying
 "vulnerable" systems for pre-screen
 testing, notifying systems of their
 participation in the monitoring and
 instructions for testing in lieu of EPA,
 and petitioning EPA for a monitoring
 waiver for large systems. EPA requests
 comment on whether, and to what
 extent, Indian tribal governments
 should or want to have these authorities
 as well. EPA could treat Indian tribes as
 states for purposes of implementing
 these authorities under two separate
 approaches. First, because UCMR is part
 of the primacy program, tribes that have
 treatment as a state status for PWS
 primacy would be able to carry out
 these authorities for selected systems
 under their jurisdiction. Second, EPA
 could amend the treatment as a state
 regulations to allow tribes to have
 treatment as a state status for purposes
 of carrying out these provisions of the
 UCMR. Under this second approach, a
 tribe would not need to demonstrate
 that it qualified for treatment as a state
 for any other purpose (for example,
 primacy or grant administration) other
 than the UCMR provisions. Because
 these authorities are so limited, EPA
 doubts that Indian tribes would want to
 seek treatment as a state for these
 limited purposes and, as a result,
 believes option 1 to be preferable.
 However, if there is significant interest
 in obtaining this authority apart from
 primacy, EPA may in the final rule
 amend the treatment as a state
 regulations (40 CFR 142.72 and 40 CFR
 142.78) to obtain treatment as a state
 status solely for the purpose of
 implementing these specific UCMR
 authorities.
  Finally, the statute allows the
 governors of seven or more states to
 petition EPA to add contaminants to the
 UCMR list. EPA requests comment on
whether Indian tribal governments
 should or desire to have the same
 authority. EPA believes that for this
 authority, a tribe that has'treatment as
 a state status for either primacy or PWS
grant administration should be deemed
to have treatment as a state for purposes
of petitioning EPA to add a contaminant
to the UCMR list. Since the petitioning
role is not system specific, a tribe that
has demonstrated the capability to
administer a PWS grant should also
have the capability to assess whether
they believe a contaminant should be
added to the monitoring list. Therefore,
EPA does not expect to make a
regulatory amendment to the treatment
as a state regulations in order to allow
Indian tribal governments to petition
EPA to add contaminants to the UCMR
list. If EPA decides to treat tribes as
states for these purposes, EPA would
revise the rule language to provide that
seven governors or tribal leaders could
petition EPA to add contaminants to the
list.

D. Establishing the Laboratory Testing
Program
  To ensure that sound data are
provided for future regulatory decisions,
EPA will take three steps in establishing
the laboratory testing program: (1)
Identifying the methods that must be
used to test for the  unregulated
contaminants under Assessment
Monitoring, (2)  establishing the
laboratory testing program for systems
serving more than 10,000 persons, and
(3) establishing the laboratory testing
program for systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons.
1. Analytical Methods for the Testing
Program
  The methods to be required are
identified in § 141.40(a)(3), Table 1 of
the proposed regulation, List 1,
Assessment Monitoring. Additional
sampling and quality control
requirements are identified in
§ 141.40(a)(4) and (5) and Appendix A.
EPA has prepared a draft sampling
guidance, "UCMR Guidance for
Operators of Systems Serving 10,000 or
Fewer Persons," which provides
additional details on sampling
requirements. EPA has also produced a
draft methods and quality control
manual, "Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring Regulation Analytical
Methods and Quality Control Manual,"
that provides detailed guidance
regarding specific method requirements
related to the unregulated contaminants
on the Monitoring List. This manual
provides additional guidance covering
quality control steps for all testing
under this program, as described above
in "Monitoring Requirement under the
Proposed UCMR." These two draft
guidance documents are available for
review and public comment with this
proposed regulation. Commenters can
access the documents through Docket
Number W-98-02, through the EPA
Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800-
426-4791, or through the EPA Office of
Ground Water and Drinking Water
Internet Homepage. Today's proposed
rule would require that systems serving
more than 10,000 persons follow the
methods and procedures in
§ 141.40(a)(3), (4), and (5). The draft
methods and quality control manual
referred to above would provide
guidance to these large systems serving
more that 10,000 persons in organizing
and conducting their unregulated
contaminant testing program. EPA will
require laboratories that test samples of
systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons
to also comply with 40 CFR
141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5) and Appendix
A.

2. Testing Program for Systems Serving
More Than 10,000 Persons
  Implementation of today's proposal
would only cause Assessment
Monitoring of List 1 contaminants.
These contaminants have analytical
methods currently in use  and EPA plans
to conduct reviews of laboratories'
procedures for unregulated contaminant
testing for Assessment Monitoring
because of the high data quality
requirements of this program.
  EPA anticipates that contaminants
proposed to be on List 2 for the
Screening Survey may be monitored
during the five-year listing cycle
through separate rulemaking. Under
today's proposal, EPA would
statistically select approximately 150
large systems that would provide
samples to laboratories that EPA has
approved to conduct this testing. EPA's
approval of a limited number of
laboratories to do this testing would
include, but may not be limited to, its
evaluation of: (1) Laboratory capability,
(2) test results of blind samples, (3)
experience with similar methodologies,
(4) willingness to accept samples from
any public water system required to
monitor under this regulation, and (5)
provision of the testing for List 2 (and
List 3) contaminants at a reasonable
price to large systems required to do
monitoring under this regulation. Large
systems selected to be part of the
Screening Survey (or Pre-Screen Testing
for List 3 contaminants) will be notified
by the State or primacy agency prior to
the dates established for sample
collection and submission for
contaminants on List 2. EPA requests
public comment on options for the
testing of List 2 contaminants of (a)
sending samples to laboratories that the
Agency has approved for testing List 2
and List 3 contaminants or (b) EPA
providing performance criteria for the
testing of List 2 and List 3 contaminants

-------
 23434
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
 which these systems could use to decide
 to test at a laboratory of their choosing.
 3. Testing Program for Systems Serving
 10.000 or Fewer Persons

  Based on a competitive selection
 process, EPA would designate one to
 five laboratories to conduct the testing
 for systems serving 10,000 or fewer
 persons. Under today's proposal, the
 selected laboratories would test
 Assessment Monitoring samples from
 the approximately 800 small systems
 included in State Monitoring Plans,
 along with the samples from the index
 systems, over the five-year cycle for the
 program. The laboratories would need
 to be able to provide all necessary
 sampling equipment to these systems,
 provide complete yet easy-to-follow
 instructions on use of the sampling
 equipment, coordinate the shipping of
 the equipment and receipt of the
 returned equipment and samples,
 provide appropriate sample
 preservation and testing, and report
 results to the public water systems.
 States, and EPA electronically following
 the reporting requirements of these
 proposed regulations. EPA will review
 and evaluate laboratory procedures to
 ensure that sufficient testing and data
 quality standards are met The
 requirements proposed today and their
 supporting draft "UCMR Analytical
 Methods and Quality Control Manual"
 would also apply to these laboratories as
 conditions of the planned testing
 contracts that EPA expects to establish
 with the selected laboratories.
  Once future rulemaking occur to
 implement the Screening Survey for List
 2 contaminants, approximately 150
 statistically selected small systems
 would provide samples during two to
 three years in the middle of the 5-year
 cycle. The same laboratories testing List
 1 contaminants would then also test for
 List 2 contaminants.
 E. Continued Analytical Methods
 Development
  For the contaminants on the UCM
 Lists 2 and 3, EPA still needs to
 establish methods that can be widely
 used at reasonable cost. EPA is setting
 up a research program through its Office
 of Research and Development to
 identify additional methods. As
 methods are developed, EPA would
 publish for public comment an
 amendment to this regulation for the
 contaminants identified previously for
 the Screening Survey and Pre-Screen
Testing to specify the analytical
methods, sampling location, minimum
reporting levels applicable to these
contaminants, and sampling dates.
                    F. Determining the National
                    Representative Sample and State
                    Monitoring Plans
                     For systems serving 10,000 or fewer
                    persons, EPA may only require a
                    representative sample of such systems
                    to monitor for unregulated contaminants
                    in drinking water. Prior to the effective
                    date of the program and not later than
                    six months prior to the start of the
                    Assessment Monitoring program, EPA
                    would identify, through a statistical
                    selection process using a random
                    number generator, up to 800 systems
                    (from a total of approximately 65,600
                    community and non-transient non-
                    community water systems) serving
                    10,000 or fewer persons that must
                    monitor and up to 800 alternate systems
                    if replacements are needed. The
                    selection process would allocate
                    systems to each State, giving
                    approximately equal probability to each
                    person's water system being selected
                    within water source type (ground water
                    or surface water) and system size
                    category (25 to 500 persons served, 501
                    to 3,300 persons, and 3,301 to 10,000
                    persons). Based on the appropriate
                    number of systems in each State, Tribe
                    or territory (identified by water source
                    type and system size category), EPA
                    would send these first system selections
                    (i.e., the initial State Plan) and the
                    replacement list of alternate systems to
                    each State, Tribe, and territory, as
                    appropriate.
                     The State, Tribe or territory would
                    have 60 days to review the initial plan
                    and (1) accept the initial plan as its State
                    Monitoring Plan and inform the
                    Regional Administrator of its acceptance
                    of file initial plan along with its process
                    for informing the selected systems of
                    their responsibilities for monitoring; (2)
                    propose deletions from and alternates to
                    the initial plan as its State plan,
                    including the reasons for the changes
                    and the process it would use to inform
                    the systems of their responsibilities, and
                    inform the Regional Administrator of its
                    proposal; or (3) take no action within 60
                    days allowing the Regional
                    Administrator, after consulting with the
                    State, to specify the final State plan. If
                    a State, Tribe, or territory chooses
                    option (1) or option (2) above, it must
                    submit a description of the process it
                   would use for informing the systems
                    selected of their responsibilities for
                    monitoring, when the process would be
                    implemented, and any necessary
                    modifications to the timing of sampling
                   for each to coordinate with compliance
                   monitoring at the State's discretion.
                    However, a State that chooses no action
                   in the initial plan may still choose to
                   notify selected systems and provide the
necessary information. States may also
choose an alternate most vulnerable
time for systems to sample if different
from May through July, as proposed in
therule.
  The PWSs which EPA selects through
the use of a random number generator
to be index sites would also be specified
in the initial plan that EPA gives to the
State. The replacement list for the initial
plan would also be applied for the index
sites that needed to be replaced. EPA
expects to provide contractor support
through the laboratories selected to
conduct the testing for unregulated
contaminants to collect, ship and test
the samples and gather the additional
data to support these "index" systems.
EPA's procedure for selecting these
index sites is described in a technical
document titled "National
Representative Sample and State Plans
for Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring at Public Water Systems
Serving 10,000 or Fewer Persons." This
document can be accessed through
Docket Number W-98-02, through the
EPA Safe Drinking Water Hotline at
800-426-4791, or through the EPA
Office of Ground Water and Drinking
Water Internet Homepage at
www.epa.gov/ogwdw. EPA requests
comment on the selection procedure
detailed above and in this document.
  While monitoring for List 2
contaminants under the Screening
Survey is not proposed by today's action
and would not be implemented until a
new rulemaking activated these
contaminants for monitoring, EPA
proposes that EPA provide with the
State Plans a list of systems that would
conduct monitoring for List 2
contaminants. EPA believes that the
methods for the contaminants on List 2
will be ready for use during the first
three years of the five year listing cycle
and that the Screening Survey will be
implemented during that time. EPA
would select approximately 300 systems
(approximately 150 large and 150 small
systems) using a random number
generator to specify them at the same
time that EPA prepares the initial plan
described above. If this survey list was
not sent at the same time of the initial
State Plan, then EPA would have to
provide a second list to each State to
implement the Screening Survey. EPA
believes that the preparation of a second
list is unnecessary. The EPA
specification and State review of the
Survey list can occur at the same time.
  For Pre-Screen Testing, States would
need to specify from 5 up to 25 systems
as being representative of systems most
vulnerable to the contaminants on List
3. The number of systems to be selected
in any State would be determined by

-------
                   Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday.  April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23435
 EPA based on the number of persons
 served by community and non-transient
 noncommunity water systems in a State.
 For the systems in this selection that
 serve 10,000 or fewer persons, States
 would modify their State Plans at the
 time of their selection and notify the ,
 EPA Regional Office of their addition to
 those Plans.

 G. Specifying the Vulnerable Monitoring
 Period
  The State may modify the vulnerable
 monitoring period specified in
 § 141.40(5) (ii)(B) applicable to all
 monitored systems. The State may
 consider environmental, precipitation,
 and system factors in changing this
 vulnerable period. The vulnerable
 monitoring period may be changed for
 a single system, a subset of systems or
 all monitored systems.
 H. Conducting the Sampling

 (1) All Monitored Systems
  All monitored systems must sample
 for the unregulated contaminants
 identified on the Monitoring List 1 and
 should coordinate, at State discretion
 and to the extent practical, with their
 compliance monitoring schedule for
 regulated chemicals. For chemical
 contaminants, surface water-supplied
 systems must monitor every three
 months during a twelve-month period
 and ground water-supplied systems, two
 times six months apart in a twelve-
 month period of the years indicated in .
 column 6 of UCMR Table 1, List 1,
 § 141.40(a)(3), of every five-year listing
 cycle. One sample at each entry point to
 the distribution system after any
 treatment representing all water sources
 in use dttring the twelve-month period
 or at each distribution system sampling
 point must be taken during the May-
June-July time of the monitoring period,
 unless the State identifies a more
 vulnerable time for a particular system,
 subset of systems, or all monitored
 systems in the State. In sampling
 microbiological contaminants, the PWS
 must monitor at a site in the distribution
 system representative of the water
 supplied to the system's  service area
 and at a site near the end of the
 distribution line with the longest
residence time. One sampling event
must occur at the most vulnerable time
for the system, proposed as May 1
through July 31, or another time
designated by the State as the most
vulnerable period, and six months later.
  In preparing this proposed regulation,
EPA sought input of stakeholders on the
timing of the monitoring cycle. Their
input indicated that most States are on
a three-year compliance monitoring
 schedule, with approximately one third
 of the systems being monitored each
 year. EPA proposes to use this same
 schedule for unregulated contaminant
 monitoring. The five-year unregulated
 contaminant listing cycle can be
 coordinated with the three-year
 compliance monitoring schedule fay
 starting the next five year monitoring
 round in January 2001 and taking the
 samples with any compliance sampling
 being done, regardless of where the
 three-year cycle is in a particular State.
 Sampling in the remainder of the State
 would be done in the next two years,
 following the State's compliance
 monitoring schedule. This proposal
 means that a system may not be
 sampling for regulated contaminants
 during the 5-year listing cycle and may
 be required to conduct unregulated
 contaminant monitoring during that
 time.
 (2) Systems Serving More Than 10,000
 Persons
  For Assessment Monitoring, systems
 serving more that 10,000 persons would
 follow the sampling requirements in
 § 141.40. These requirements are
 explained further in the draft methods
 and quality control manual.

 (3) Systems in State Monitoring Plans
  EPA has drafted guidance, "UCMR
 Guidance for Operators of Public Water
 Systems Serving Less Than 10,000
 People," on the responsibilities of the
 PWSs that are part of the representative
 sample and State Plans. This guidance
 further explains the requirements for
 operators of small systems proposed at
 § 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5) and appendix
 A. This guidance addresses sampling
 instructions including frequency and
 location, receipt and use of sample
 equipment, sample shipping to
 laboratories, review of results, and
 reporting. States can use the guidance to
 give schedules and instructions to the
 systems as part of informing them of
 their responsibilities to participate in
 the representative sample and State
 plan. The draft guidance is available for
 public comment with this rule.
 Commenters can access the draft
 document through Docket Number W-
 98-02, through the EPA Safe Drinking
Water Hotline at 800-426-4791, or
through the EPA Office of Ground Water
and Drinking Water Internet Homepage
 at www.epa.gov/ogwdw.
  Systems serving 10,000 or fewer
persons that are part of the State's
representative sample plan must sample
at the locations identified in the
regulation, similar to the other systems
described above. EPA would inform the
competitively selected laboratories as to
 which systems are included in State
 Monitoring Plans and should, therefore,
 receive sampling equipment.
   A statistically selected subset (ten
 percent) of systems in State Monitoring
 Plans would be required to collect
 duplicate samples for quality control
 purposes. These systems would follow
 the same procedures as for the first
 sample collection.

 I. Screening Survey
   The Screening Survey is not part of
 today's proposal, except to publish the
 List 2 contaminants that may be part of
 the Screening Survey as part of the EPA
 revised Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring List. When EPA develops
 methods for groups of contaminants on
 Monitoring List 2 for the Screening
 Survey, the Agency will by rule, after
 peer review of the analytical methods,
 require that samples for the List 2
 contaminants be collected and
 submitted by small and large systems
 for testing. The rule  would include a list
 of which contaminants PWSs would
 need to submit samples for the
 Screening Survey. EPA will pay for
 sample shipping and testing for systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer persons.
 J. Pre-Screen Testing
   Pre-Screen Testing is  not part of
 today's proposal, except to publish the
 List 3 contaminants as part of revised
 UCM List. Pre-Screen Testing of List 3
 contaminants would be implemented
 after EPA promulgates a rule, after peer
 review of the analytical methods,
 specifying the analytical methods,
 minimum reporting levels, and sample
 locations and dates for those
 contaminants. Pre-Screen Testing would
 be a limited sampling and testing
 activity, conducted under highly
 controlled conditions. The EPA
 Regional Office would send a letter to
 the State requesting the  identification of
 the vulnerable systems for Pre-Screen
 Testing. The State would need to submit
 its selection of vulnerable systems
 within 60 days of receiving the EPA
 letter. States would identify, based on
 the population served by community
 water systems in the State and the
 vulnerability of the systems to the
 contaminant, 5 to 25 large and small
 systems that they determine to be most
 vulnerable to the contaminants
 specified from List 3 in order to identify
 a national set of up to 200 systems that
 may be sampled under Pre-Screen
Testing. EPA wants to clarify that Pre-
 Screen Testing would only be
representative of the most vulnerable
systems and not of all systems in the
nation. EPA intends to use these results
to determine whether a more

-------
23436
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed  Rules
representative monitoring effort should
occur through Assessment Monitoring
or a Screening Survey, not to generate
a national occurrence estimate.
However, EPA could elect to proceed
directly to a determination to regulate
one or more of these contaminants in
the event of a clear and present public
health threat, based on all available
information.
  For sampling contaminants that
require specific training and skills to
ensure the sample integrity, EPA may
contract for the sampling, only requiring
the PWS owner/operator to provide
access to the sampling locations. EPA
would pay for sample shipping and
testing for the small and medium
systems participating in Pre-Screening
Testing, and would report the results to
the PWS and State for review before
allowing public access through the
NCOD. Large systems would pay for the
sampling, sample shipping and testing
of these contaminants at EPA approved
laboratories and report the results to the
State for review and submission to the
NCOD.

K. Testing

  As discussed above, EPA has
prepared a draft methods and quality
control manual for the sampling and
testing of the contaminants on the
monitoring list that would,-after public
comment, be distributed to States and
made generally available. This manual
provides guidance on the requirements
proposed in § 141.40(a)(3), (4) and (5)
and appendix A. Laboratories that are
conducting testing for these
contaminants at the request of the
public water systems would need to
follow the requirements in § 141.40,
Appendix A and the methods in the
manual. EPA expects to set up a
program to review methods
implementation and performance of the
participating laboratories.
  For public water systems serving
10,000 or fewer persons that are
included in State Plans, EPA would
identify from one to five laboratories
through a competitive process that
would test for unregulated contaminants
for this category of systems. EPA is
doing this so it can pay the testing costs
for small systems. EPA intends to issue
a "request for bids" in 1999 for
laboratories that desire to be considered
for selection as one of the laboratories
which will test the unregulated
contaminant samples from these small
systems. The first samples are expected
to be available for testing after January
1,2001.
                    L. Reporting Requirements

                      The results of the testing of any
                    sample under the unregulated
                    contaminant monitoring program would
                    need to be reported along with the 20
                    data elements identified in the proposed
                    regulation. EPA proposes that PWSs
                    report electronically to States, unless
                    the State, or EPA if the State does not
                    have enforcement authority, specifies
                    alternative reporting requirements. EPA
                    also proposes that States report these
                    results to EPA electronically. EPA
                    encourages all laboratories that perform
                    unregulated contaminant testing for
                    public water systems to report results
                    electronically. Under today's proposal,
                    small PWSs included in State Plans will
                    need to report the first nine data
                    elements: PWS  identification number;
                    public water system facility
                    identification number for source intake/
                    well, treatment  plant and sampling
                    station; sampling station type; water
                    source type; sample identification
                    number;  sample collection date; latitude
                    of public water  system facility for
                    source intake/well, and treatment plant;
                    and longitude of public water system
                    facility for source intake/well and
                    treatment plant to the EPA laboratory
                    conducting the testing. The remaining
                    data elements must be reported to the
                    PWS by the laboratory. The State or EPA
                    Regional Office may identify another
                    reporting method for public water
                    systems within  its supervision, such as
                    a standard hard copy or paper format
                    that could be electronically scanned to
                    put the data into an electronic format for
                    computer storage, retrieval, and use.
                    EPA requests public comment on
                    alternative ways to  report these data,
                    instead of reporting electronically. EPA
                    intends to provide States reporting
                    guidance in "Unregulated Contaminant
                    Monitoring Reporting Guidance," that
                    may include a standard hard copy
                    format that systems could use if the
                    State or EPA Regional Office waives the
                    requirement to report electronically.
                    This draft guidance is available for
                    public comment through Docket
                    Number W-98-02,  through the EPA
                    Safe Drinking Water Hotline at 800-
                    426-4791, or through the EPA Office of
                    Ground Water and Drinking Water
                    Internet Homepage at www.epa.gov/
                    ogwdw. States would be able to report
                    unregulated contaminant data
                    electronically to the EPA Safe Drinking
                    Water Information System (SDWIS).
                    SDWIS would have a storage area for the
                    National Contaminant Occurrence
                    Database (NCOD) to which unregulated
                    contaminant data would be routed
                    electronically.
M. Record Keeping
  The PWS and the State would
continue to have responsibilities for
record keeping for the data from
unregulated contaminant monitoring as
currently required under § 141.33 for
the PWS and § 142.14(a) for the State.
N. Modifying the Monitoring List
  As required in Section 1445, every
five years, EPA will modify today's
proposed Table 1, Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring List, to include
contaminants of greatest concern at that
time. If EPA still requires additional
data for some previously listed
contaminants, those contaminants may
remain on the list. As discussed
previously, EPA is requesting public
comment on maintaining a monitoring
list with more than 30 contaminants,
but only requiring monitoring for 30
contaminants within a particular five-
year contaminant listing cycle.
  States can also request a change to the
Monitoring List through petition by
seven or more governors. Their petition
must clearly show that the proposed
contaminant should be considered a
greater health concern than other
contaminants on the Monitoring List.
The petition should also provide any
available information on known or
expected occurrence of the contaminant
in drinking water, analytical methods
that are  or could be used to test for the
contaminant (s) and other information
that would assist EPA in determining
whether the contaminant(s) should be
added to the List. The EPA
Administrator would  make a
determination as to whether the
contaminant proposed is of greater
health concern to warrant putting it on
the Monitoring List in place of another
contaminant.
O. Funding for Testing of Samples for
Systems in State Monitoring Plans and
for Pre-Screen Testing
  EPA will pay for small system costs
of sample testing. Grants to pay for a
system's sample testing can only be
made for monitoring costs that are
incurred pursuant to a State Monitoring
Plan. EPA considers the public water
systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons
included in State Plans as the grantee
(recipient of the grant). The Agency can
contract to establish the necessary
laboratory testing capability, then grant
the laboratory's services to the public
water systems. EPA proposes to make
payments to a laboratory, several
laboratories, or other testing
organizations to conduct the testing and
make a grant of their service to these
systems. However, because these funds

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23437
are authorized within the context of a
State Monitoring Plan, any payments to
another entity for this testing service
would have to be limited to small
systems included in final State Plans.
To achieve reliability, quality control
and consistency of the testing, EPA
would specify that samples produced
under the State plan must be submitted
to a laboratory that meets the
requirements in § 141.40(a)(3), (4) and
(5) and appendix A, and further
described in the methods and quality
control manual, and has been approved
for this work by the Agency. EPA
expects to save up to $2 million per year
as compared to the current UCM
program through this testing program.
  There are two authorizations for.
funding to carry out SDWA section
1445(a)(2)(C), both of which could be
used for testing costs of a State
Monitoring Plan for small systems  if
appropriations are provided. Beginning
in fiscal year 1998, the Agency is
required to reserve $2 million each year
from funds appropriated under SDWA
section 1452 Drinking Water State
Revolving Loan Fund set-aside to pay
for the costs of unregulated contaminant
testing. Section 1445(a)(2)(H) authorizes
$10 million annually through fiscal year
2003 to carry out all the purposes of the
unregulated contaminant monitoring
program. This could also include paying
for the costs of testing for small systems
under State monitoring plans. At this
time, $2 million from the set-aside of
the Drinking Water State Revolving
Fund appropriation for FY 1998 and for
FY 1999 are available to be spent to
support unregulated contaminant
monitoring for small systems. EPA will
continue to use this set-aside from  the
Drinking Water SRF appropriation
under SDWA in future budget years to
cover the costs of this testing, as well as
small system testing under the
Screening Survey and Pre-Screen
Testing. Should funding levels change
for the UCM program, EPA would need
to consider how to accommodate
reduced funding. In this event, for
example, EPA could-recalculate the
representative sample size to a lower
confidence level, commensurate with
available resources.
  Funding for the monitoring approach
described previously is as follows:
  (1) Assessment Monitoring—EPA will
pay for the sample equipment and
shipping, testing, and electronic
reporting for systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons. Systems serving more
than 10,000 persons would need to pay
for their own sample equipment and
shipping, testing, and electronic
reporting.
  (2) Screening Survey—Since the
methods in a Screening Survey may not
have been evaluated on a multi-
laboratory basis but the results would be
a representative survey of contaminant
occurrence and be consistent with the
approach of Assessment Monitoring,
large systems would need to pay for
testing at a laboratory that EPA has
approved for testing the contaminants
on List 2. These methods will be peer
reviewed to ensure that they can
perform adequately before EPA
proposes a rule to implement the
Screening Survey.
  Funding options within the water
industry for the Screening Survey may
be possible and would need to be
considered by the industry itself. EPA
would only pay the costs of sample
collection, shipping and testing samples
from systems serving 10,000 or fewer
persons.
  (3) Pre-Screen Testing—EPA proposes
to pay for the sample collection and
testing for small systems only. Large
systems would pay for the costs of
testing for List 3 contaminants at a
laboratory that EPA has approved for
testing these contaminants.
V. Relation of the Proposed Regulation
to the Existing Regulation
  Under a separate action, EPA
published a Direct Final Rule on
January 8,1999, which will suspend the
existing monitoring requirements for
systems serving 10,000 or fewer persons
only, beginning January 1, 1999, and
until the requirements in this proposed
rule are effective. This action modifies
the  existing regulation ahead of the
promulgation and implementation of
the  proposed unregulated contaminant
monitoring rule. The Direct Final Rule's
purpose is to allow the systems serving
10,000 or fewer persons to save the cost
of a third monitoring round under the
existing regulation, which if performed
would overlap with monitoring under
the  proposed revised rule. Today's
proposed regulation revisions will
entirely replace the existing sections of
the  Code of Federal Regulations at 40
CFR 141.35,141.40, and 142.15(c)(3),
and modify 142.16. The large systems
should already have completed their
third round of monitoring, and their
fourth round is not due to begin until
this rule has been promulgated.
VI.  Cost and Benefit of a Revised UCMR
Program
A. Program Cost Estimates
  Today's proposed regulation would
only require that Assessment
Monitoring for List 1 contaminants be
conducted. The contaminants on Lists 2
and 3 would not be monitored until
EPA promulgates rules to activate the
monitoring for those contaminants. EPA
has estimated the costs of complying
with the requirements of the new
unregulated contaminant monitoring
program (including the List 1, List 2 and
List 3 components) in terms of labor
costs and non-labor costs. Labor costs
pertain to systems, State/Primacy
Agencies, and EPA, and  include
activities such as reading the regulation,
notification, sample collection (e.g., at
entry points or distribution system
sites), reporting, record keeping, and
analysis of data. Non-labor costs are
primarily incurred by EPA and systems
serving more than 10,000 people, and
include costs for shipping these samples
to laboratories and the sample testing.
The Agency will also incur non-labor
costs to procure services to conduct
quality assurance surveys at contract
laboratories and to collect samples at a
select number of Index systems (and at
small systems selected for Pre-Screen
Testing if the full program is
implemented). Some of these costs are
initial program startup costs which may
not need to be replicated in future
monitoring cycles.
  The details of the cost estimates  and
their assumptions are presented in the
Information Collection Request (ICR)
document (ICR No. 1882.01). The ICR
document presents estimated costs and
burdens for the 1999-2001 period. In
addition, a background cost document,
titled "Burden and Cost Calculations for
the Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring Regulation" is attached as
an appendix to the ICR, and presents the
estimated costs and burdens for the first
five-year cycle of the proposed rule.
Copies may be obtained from Sandy
Farmer by mail at: OP Regulatory
Information Division, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency
(2137), 401 M St., SW; Washington, DC
20460, by email at:
farmer.sandy@epamail.epa.gov, or  by
calling: (202) 260-2740. A copy may also
be downloaded off the Internet at:
http://www.epa.gov/icr.
  While this proposed regulation would
initially only require Assessment
Monitoring, the cost estimates presented
assume implementation of the full
UCMR program. Full program cost
estimates assume the Assessment
Monitoring program will be
supplemented by two one-year
Screening Surveys and a more limited
one-year Pre-Screen Testing program.
  The Assessment Monitoring would be
conducted for List 1 contaminants,
which include 10 chemicals (i.e., all
chemicals in List 1  in the Preamble) and
one microbiological contaminant,

-------
 23438
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30. 1999/Proposed Rules
 Aeromonas. The Assessment Monitoring
 would be performed over a three-year
 period and would be conducted by all
 2,774 systems serving greater than
 10,000 people and by the nationally
 representative sample of 800 systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer people.
   Once regulations regarding the
 Screening Survey (List 2 contaminants)
 are promulgated, two Screening Surveys
 would be performed to monitor for the
 List 2 chemical contaminants specified
 in the UCMR regulations. The first
 Screening Survey would monitor for the
 List 2 contaminants for which
 preliminary sampling and analytical
 methods are now identified; the second
 Screening Survey would monitor the
 remaining List 2 chemicals (assuming
 suitable methods are available). Each
 Screening Survey would be conducted
 for one year and would include a
 separate representative sample of up to
 300 public water systems selected from
 systems of all sizes. The two samples of
 300 systems would be a subset of the
 systems conducting Assessment
 Monitoring. The Assessment
 Monitoring, together with the Screening
 Surveys, would provide information on
 the occurrence of all 24 chemical
 contaminants and one microbiological
 contaminant on the UCMR list.
   The Pre-Screen Testing would be a
 smaller component of the UCMR
 program that will gather occurrence data
 and assess the viability of monitoring
 for at least three List 3 microbiological
 contaminants: Cyanobacteria (blue-
 green algae, other freshwater algae and
 their toxins), Coxsakieviruses, and
 Echoviruses. This monitoring would be
 conducted at a targeted sample of up to
 200 systems identified as the most
 vulnerable to these microbiological
 contaminants. Again, these systems
 would be a subset of the systems
 conducting Assessment Monitoring.
 These systems would be identified as
 vulnerable by the States from all large
 and small systems (CWS and NTNCWS)
 in each State. From this listing, EPA
 would randomly select up to 200
 systems to implement Pre-Screen
 Testing. It is estimated that this will be
 comprised of approximately 150 small
 systems and 50 large systems. As noted,
 EPA cannot pre-determine which of the
 most vulnerable small systems will
 coincide with those 800 systems
 selected for the national representative
 sample for Assessment Monitoring and
 Screening Surveys. Hence, it is possible
 that up to 150 additional small systems
 (for a total of 950) could be involved in
 the full implementation of the UCMR, if
 no Pre-Screen Testing systems came
from the national sample selected for
Assessment Monitoring. However, this
                    situation is unlikely. For the cost and
                    burden estimates discussed here and in
                    Section VIE (Administrative
                    Requirements), EPA assumes that only
                    800 small systems are included. The
                    number of small Pre-Screen Testing
                    systems does not affect the total cost
                    estimates, but does affect some critical
                    estimates of the cost and burden per
                    system. Assuming only 800 systems
                    presents a conservative, or worst-case,
                    estimate because it evaluates the
                    maximum total costs divided across a
                    smaller number of systems.
                     Because existing sampling and
                    analytical methods for the List 3
                    contaminants are problematic, all
                    sampling at small systems would be
                    done by EPA contractors, and all
                    analyses will be performed at EPA
                    selected laboratories. The sampling
                    would be done during a one-year
                    period, likely year four of the 5-year
                    UCMR cycle. Large systems selected to
                    conduct Pre-Screen Testing will be
                    responsible for their own sample
                    collection and for the costs of testing at
                    an EPA approved laboratory.
                     Assessment Monitoring tasks and
                    activities for monitoring chemicals
                    contaminants follow proposal outlines:
                    surface water systems would sample
                    four times during one year and ground
                    water systems would sample two times
                    during one year in the UCMR cycle;
                    EPA would pay for the testing costs
                    (analytical services, shipping, etc.) for
                    the representative sample of small
                    systems, and these analyses would be
                    performed by selected laboratories; large
                    systems, serving more than 10,000
                    people, would pay for their own testing,
                    using the laboratories of their choice
                    (following UCMR quality control
                    requirements), and; all systems would,
                    to the extent practical, conduct their
                    chemical sampling coincident with their
                    standard compliance monitoring
                    framework (SMF) to reduce labor
                    burden and analytical costs where
                    possible. The program would also
                    include various quality assurance and
                    quality control measures (e.g., ten
                   percent duplicate samples from the
                   representative systems). Aeromonas (a
                   microbiological contaminant) would be
                   sampled by both ground and surface
                   water systems at a frequency of two
                   times in the year of sampling, at two
                   points in the distribution system.
                   Additionally, a subset of 30 small
                   systems, referred to as "Index Systems",
                   would be sampled during all five years
                   to assess any temporal occurrence
                   trends, other data variability, or program
                   problems.
                     Required monitoring frequencies and
                   burden assumptions for the Screening
                   Surveys are the same as those for
 Assessment Monitoring. Under Pre-
 Screen Testing, EPA contractors will
 conduct the sampling at each targeted
 small system twice during one year, at
 a maximum of four sampling points per
 system. Large systems will be required
 to follow the same monitoring schedule.
  Standard assumptions and sources of
 information were utilized, which are the
 same as those used in other drinking
 water program ICR analyses, and
 include: public water system inventory,
 number of entry points, and labor rates.
 For State and some system activities, the
 labor burden was estimated using EPA's
 standard State Resource Model, which
 is documented in the Resource Analysis
 Computer Program for State Drinking
 Water Agencies (January 1993).
  Analytical/laboratory services
 comprise approximately 80 percent of
 the national costs for a program such as
 the UCMR. These costs are generally
 calculated as follows: The number of
 systems multiplied by the number of
 entry or sampling points, multiplied by
 the sampling frequency, and multiplied
 by the analytical cost. (This calculation
 is repeated for each separate analytical
 method). Shipping costs are added to
 the calculated analytical/laboratory
 costs to derive the total direct analytical
 non-labor costs. Instead of assuming
 that large systems will pay the full
 analytical cost for Assessment
 Monitoring, systems are assumed to pay
 a smaller "incremental" analytical costs
 given UCMR monitoring coinciding
 with ongoing Phase D/v* compliance
 monitoring. In some cases, UCMR
 analyses utilize the same laboratory
 analytical methods that are required for
 ongoing compliance monitoring.
 Therefore, when UCMR monitoring and
 Phase n/V monitoring are conducted
 concurrently, only incremental fees are
 charged for analysis of the additional
 UCMR compounds. With methods that
 are not currently in use, no cost savings
 can be realized. The full spectrum of
 assumptions are documented in the
 Information Collection Request, as
 noted.
  The costs are averaged to an annual
basis for the five-year UCMR cycle of
 2001-2005. With this revised rule, the
 States and EPA would have some one-
 time start-up costs. Although start-up
 costs might be incurred before 2001,
these costs are included and averaged as
 part of the five-year (2001-2005)
 program costs to simplify calculations.
 Systems will only incur costs during the
five-year monitoring cycle. Full program
 (Assessment Monitoring, Screening
Survey and Pre-Screen Testing) cost
estimates appear first below. Following
the full program costs are the costs for

-------
                   Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed  Rules
                                                                     23439
 Assessment Monitoring alone, which is
 the focus of this proposed rule.
  Full Program. The Agency estimates
 that the average annual labor and non-
 labor costs associated with the required
 unregulated monitoring (with the
 assumptions noted above) are: EPA—
 $4.0 million, $3.0 million of which is
 for testing costs of the national
 representative sample and contractor
 site visits to Index and Pre-Screen
 Testing systems; States—$461,500;
 Systems serving 10,000 or fewer people
 (from the representative sample)—
 $19,860; all 2,774 systems serving
 greater than 10,000—$5.6 million. The
 total national average annual cost is
 approximately $10.1 million. Estimated
 average annual costs (labor plus non-
 labor) per system for systems serving
 10,000 or fewer are approximately $25,
 and for systems serving more than
 10.000 people  are $2,000 per system.
  Assessment  Monitoring. EPA
 estimates that the average annual labor
 and non-labor  costs of Assessment
 Monitoring for the 11 contaminants on
 List 1 are: EPA—$3.1 million, with $2.1
 million for testing costs for the national
 representative  sample; States—
 $461,500; Systems serving 10.000 or
 fewer people —$17,340; Systems
 serving greater than 10,000 persons—
 $4.8 million. The total national average
 annual cost, on this basis, is
 approximately $8.4 million. Average
 annual costs per system for systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer are
 approximately $22 per system and for
 systems serving greater than 10,000
 persons are $1,730 per system. (Note
 that the total State cost is the same in
 the Assessment Monitoring program as
 it is in the Full Program. There would
 be some cost reductions to the States if
 no Screening Surveys or Pre-Screen
 Testing were conducted. However, these
 reductions would be minor since the
 majority of State UCMR activities will
 be necessary under the Assessment
 Monitoring component of the UCMR
 program. With Screening Survey and
 Pre-Screen Testing activities. States will
 need to manage some data additional to
that generated  by Assessment
Monitoring activities. EPA estimates
that, at most, Screening Survey and Pre-
 Screen Testing will account for 10 to 15
percent of State program costs. Thus,
this estimate for the State Assessment
Monitoring cost is conservative.)
  Averaging costs over the entire cycle
is not  necessarily representative of peak
costs,  however. The majority of
monitoring (and thus cost) is assumed to
occur  over a three-year time frame,
allowing for follow-up work, data
review, reporting and analysis. EPA
peak year costs (e.g., during the 3 core
years of Assessment Monitoring,
primarily for the representative sample)
are projected to be $4.7 million per year
for the full program and $3.7 million for
Assessment Monitoring only. Systems
serving over 10,000 persons are
projected to have peak year costs of
about $9.5 million.for the full program
and $8.0 million for Assessment
Monitoring only.

B.Net Costs
  The net costs of the revised program
were estimated by comparing the new
program costs (stated above) with
estimated costs for the existing program
(baseline). The standard labor rates and
activities that were used above were
also used for estimating the burden of
the existing program. For comparative
purposes, the same water system
inventory numbers were used. Complete
UCMR program implementation was
assumed. As a simplifying assumption,
all systems serving over 500 people
were assumed to conduct the
monitoring during the same five-year
interval. The existing regulation did  not
require systems serving 150 or fewer
service connections to monitor for
unregulated contaminants unless
requested to do so by the State. Data  in
the unregulated contaminant monitoring
information system suggest that States
required about one third of systems
serving 500 or fewer people to monitor;
thus, one-third were included in the
estimates. The other significant
difference is in the list of contaminants.
  The existing regulation requires
monitoring of the 48 chemicals included
in Table 1 of the Preamble. (While 14 of
the chemicals in Table 1 were
discretionary and not always included
in the monitoring, their associated costs
are derived from the same analytical
method as required for the other
unregulated contaminants and the
regulated VOCs. Hence, they do not
make a substantive difference in the  cost
estimates.) While there are more
contaminants analyzed under the
existing rule than under the proposed
UCMR, monitoring requirements for  the
existing UCM program are derived from
fewer analytical methods, and all are
derived from standard methods used for
routine compliance samples.
  The proposed UCMR compared to  the
existing UCM Program—given the above
assumptions and a full proposed UCMR
implementation over five years—results
in an estimated $35.8 million in savings
to systems serving 10,000 or fewer.
Annual per (small) system costs for
those systems that participate in UCMR
monitoring will be reduced by
approximately $ 190 per year. Small
systems will realize this savings because
 under the proposed program, none will
 be required to cover the cost of analysis
 for the unregulated chemicals (as many
 do under the existing program). Only
 those systems that are part of the
 national representative sample will
 incur any costs, and those costs will be
 labor costs only. Under full UCMR
 implementation, large system costs are
 increased by almost $ 14.0 million,
 primarily due to the increase in
 laboratory analytical costs. Annual per
 system costs for large systems are
 increased by approximately $1,000 per
 year under the UCM Program.
   Baseline cost to the States is estimated
 to be $7.5 million over the analogous
 monitoring cycle of 2001 to 2005, plus
 year 2000 start-up costs. The total
 savings to States under the UCMR is
 estimated to be $5.2 million. For States,
 this savings is attributed to a decrease
 in required labor. States will be
 collecting and reporting monitoring data
 from many fewer water systems since
 only a representative sample of systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer people will be
 involved in the UCMR. EPA costs of
 running the existing program are
 estimated at $1.9 million for the
 analogous monitoring cycle of 2001 to
 2005, plus start-up costs. EPA costs are
 significantly increased under the
 UCMR, primarily because, as proposed,
 it will fund all small system UCMR
 sample shipping and analytical costs.
  EPA notes that reductions in costs can
 also be attributed to the "Suspension of
 Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 Requirements for Small Public Water
 Systems (Direct Final Rule)" (Federal
 Register, January 8,1999), which is
 being issued in conjunction with the
 UCMR. The Direct Final Rule cancels
 the monitoring requirements (for
 systems serving less than  10,000 people)
 for another round of the existing list of
 unregulated contaminants, beginning
January 1, 1999. This cancellation is
 being issued because monitoring for the
 existing contaminants would overlap
 with monitoring for the revised
 program. Approximately two-thirds of
 systems serving between 3,300 and
 10,000 will save the costs  of monitoring
under the existing program (e.g.,
 monitoring costs in 1999 and 2000) by
the action of the Direct Final Rule,
resulting an approximate system savings
 of $5.3 million.
 C. Benefits
  The revised Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring Regulation has significant
burden reductions, particularly for
small public water systems. The original
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Program, initiated in 1988, required that
all community water systems (CWSs)

-------
23440
Federal  Register /Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
monitor for the 48 contaminants listed
in Table 1. The States had the authority
to waive monitoring for systems
servinglSO or fewer service connections
(although these systems were required
to be available for monitoring under the
regulation). Analysis of this first round
of data (1988-1993) indicates that well
over 25,000 public water systems are
involved in the existing unregulated
contaminant monitoring program. This
revised program will involve only 3,574
systems: 2,774 large systems and up to
800 small systems in the nationally
representative sample (or possibly up to
950 small systems, depending on the
selection of the 150 most vulnerable
systems for Pre-Screen Testing and the
extent that they would overlap with the
800 systems in the national
representative sample). Thus, many
fewer systems will be required to
monitor than in the past.
  Additionally, for systems that will be
regulated, fewer contaminants will be
monitored; the number of contaminants
are reduced by the UCMR rule from the
current 48 to not more than 30. EPA will
pay for the costs of the testing for the
national representative  sample, so that
each small system selected will have
minimal burden. EPA will not pay for
the small system costs for collecting the
samples and contacting the sample
shipping service to pick up the samples.
EPA anticipates that it will manage the
laboratory testing program for these
systems, minimizing time that the PWS
will need to interact with the
laboratories. Also, the laboratories
contracted to perform the analyses will
provide electronic reporting services for
the small systems that do not have this
capability. Thus, even those 800 small
systems that are involved will have
substantially reduced costs, compared
to the past.
  In considering the full program, cost
savings can also be attributed to the use
of the small sample numbers  for die
Screening Survey and Pre-Screen
Testing. The Screening  Survey of only
300 systems (across all sizes), and the
Pre-Screen Testing of up to 200 systems
(across all sizes), will allow statistical
and targeted approaches to be applied to
emerging contaminants. These early
screening approaches will help to
determine whether contaminants are
occurring in public water systems and
whether they should be included in
future Assessment Monitoring in the
subsequent contaminant sampling cycle.
These steps, in place of an approach
applying Assessment Monitoring for all
30 contaminants at all monitored
systems, is projected to  save over $50
million per year in future  Assessment
                    Monitoring costs for large systems and
                    the EPA.
                     States will also see a reduction in
                    burden. A substantial portion of State
                    burden is related to the number of
                    systems it must manage in a program.
                    Even though there are some new
                    elements to the revised UCMR, a burden
                    reduction is apparent because there are
                    significantly fewer systems involved,
                    and thus a reduction in required
                    oversight activity (e.g., record keeping,
                    system notification).
                     Currently, twelve data elements must
                    be reported with each sample. In the
                    proposed rule, a net increase of eight
                    new data elements (for a total of 20) will
                    be required in reporting; the additional
                    elements are included to make the data
                    more useful for analysis. The additional
                    burden to systems and States is
                    minimal, however. Most of the
                    additional elements would be provided
                    by the laboratory, and many of these
                    elements are already routinely recorded
                    by laboratories. To date, EPA has not
                    required that these additional elements
                    be sent on to the State or EPA. The
                    addition of data elements will not
                    present an inordinate burden on the
                    States or systems.
                     Database modifications will be
                    minimal, since most States have
                    electronic reporting. EPA plans to
                    provide training to States on the review
                    and interpretation of this data.
                    Electronic reporting will facilitate
                    minimal additional reporting burden.
                    Once States have established electronic
                    quality control of the data reported,
                    State quality control review will also be
                    minimal.
                     The long-term benefits of the revised
                    unregulated contaminant monitoring
                    regulation and program are:
                     1. Contaminants that do not have
                    significant occurrence in drinking or
                    source water will be identified early
                    which will enable evaluations and
                    decisions to minimize further
                    monitoring and other resources
                    otherwise committed to those
                    contaminants;
                     2. Contaminants tiiat do have
                    significant occurrence will trigger
                    additional research on health effects and
                    treatment, as soon as practical, to
                    protect the health of persons that may
                    be sensitive to them; and
                     3. Use of a representative sample of
                    small systems (which comprise the
                    majority of public water systems), can
                    provide a scientifically sound,
                    statistically valid data set that can be
                    used for improved analysis and program
                    decisions at a reduced cost.
 VII. Performance-Based Measurement
 System
   In the near future, the Agency plans
 to implement a performance-based
 measurement system (PBMS) that would
 allow the option of either (A) using
 reference methods in its drinking water
 regulatory programs or (B)
 demonstrating and documenting
 "performance criteria." PBMS would
 specify performance criteria or
 objectives that must be met for an
 analytical method to be considered
 comparable to a reference method and
 used broadly by other testing
 organizations and laboratories. As a
 result, under PBMS, the requirement to
 use only Agency specified and approved
 methods for SDWA regulatory programs
 would be removed, except for certain
 method-defined contaminants (e.g.,
 such as Total Coliform and asbestos),
 and for data gathering prospective to
 regulation, such as the contaminants in
 this proposed rule.
   As noted above, many of the
 contaminants of interest for the
 Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 (UCM) program can be classified as
 "emerging" and thus do not have
 existing reference methods, much less,
 performance criteria to describe such
 methods. The unregulated contaminant
 monitoring program will enable
 development of a reference method and
•performance criteria, as well as collect
 information about contaminant
 occurrence. While EPA has gathered
 single-matrix, multi-laboratory data for
 the chemical contaminants on the UCM
 list, monitoring conducted by PWSs
 would provide additional multi-matrix,
 multi-laboratory data needed to develop
 the performance criteria necessary to
 implement PBMS for contaminants
 selected for standards setting in future
 regulations. The UCM testing is
 designed to develop performance
 criteria that would be proposed with the
 MCL, monitoring requirements, etc. for
 the contaminant. For these reasons, the
 Agency is proposing to specify the
 method to be used for UCM testing.
 Once a contaminant proceeds to
 standards development as an NPDWR,
 EPA should have sufficient data and
 method development information to be
 able to propose both a validated
 reference method as well as associated
 performance criteria, either of which
 could be used for compliance
 monitoring of the contaminant under
 PBMS.
 Vm. Solicitation of Public Comment
   EPA solicits public comment on all
 aspects of this proposed regulation and
 its preamble. EPA knows that the public

-------
                   Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23441
comment period (45 days) is shorter
than normal because of the statutory
deadline. Commenters should know that
for this same reason, no extension of the
public comment period will be granted.

IX. Administrative Requirements

A. Executive Order 12866—Regulatory
Planning and Review
  Under Executive Order 12866, (58 FR
51735, October 4,1993), the Agency
must determine whether the regulatory
action is "significant" and therefore
subject to OMB review and the
requirements of the Executive Order.
The Order defines "significant
regulatory action" as one that is likely
to result in a rule that may:
  (1) Have an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more or
adversely affect in a material way the
economy, a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health  or safety, or
State, local, or tribal governments or
communities;
  (2) Create a serious inconsistency or
otherwise interfere with an action taken
or planned by another agency;
  (3) Materially alter the budgetary
impact of entitlements, grants, user fees,
or loan programs or the rights and
obligations of recipients thereof; or
  (4) Raise  novel legal or policy issues
arising out  of legal mandates, the
President's priorities, or the principles
set forth in the Executive Order."
Pursuant to the terms of Executive
Order 12866, it has been determined
that this rule is a "significant regulatory
action." As such, this action was
submitted to OMB for review. Changes
made in response to OMB suggestions or
recommendations will be documented
in the public record.

B. Executive Order 13045—Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks
  Executive Order 13045, "Protection of
Children from Environmental Health
Risks and Safely Risks" (62 FR 19885,
April 23, 1997), applies to any rule that
(1) is determined to be "economically
significant" as defined under E.O.
12866, and (2)  concerns an
environmental health or safety risk that
EPA has reason to believe may have a
disproportionate effect on children. If
the regulatory action meets both criteria,
the Agency must evaluate the
environmental health or safety effects of
the planned rule on children, and
explain why the planned regulation is
preferable to other potentially effective
and reasonably feasible alternatives
considered by the Agency.
  This proposed rule is part of the
Agency's overall strategy for deciding
whether to regulate the contaminants
identified on the Contaminant
Candidate List (63 FR 10273). The
purpose of today's proposed rule is to
ensure that EPA has data on the
occurrence of contaminants on the CCL
where those data are lacking. EPA is
also taking steps to ensure that the
Agency will have data on the health
effects of these contaminants on
children through its research program.
The Agency will use these data—-both
contaminant occurrence and health
effects—to decide whether or not to
regulate any of these contaminants.
  This proposed rule is not subject to
E.O. 13045 because it is not
economically significant as defined in
E.0.12866 and it does not establish
environmental standards intended to
mitigate health or safety risks. For the
most part, this rule only establishes
procedures for monitoring of
unregulated contaminants on the
Agency's Contaminant Candidate List.
However, given EPA's interest in
protecting children's health, as part of
the provisions in the rule allowing State
governors to petition EPA to add
contaminants to the  Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring List, EPA is
specifically asking Governors to include
any information that might be available
regarding disproportlonal risks to the
health or safety of children. Such
information would help inform EPA's
decision making regarding future lists.

C. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
  Title n of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Pub. L.
104-4, establishes requirements for
Federal agencies to assess the effects of
their regulatory actions on State, local,
and tribal governments and the private
sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA,
EPA generally must prepare a written
statement, including a cost-benefit
analysis, for proposed and final rules
with "Federal mandates" that may
result in expenditures to State, local,
and tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or to the private sector, of $100 million
or more in any one year. Before
promulgating an EPA rule for which a
written statement is needed, section 205
of the UMRA generally requires EPA to
identify and consider a reasonable
number of regulatory alternatives and
adopt the least costly, most cost-
effective, or least burdensome
alternative that achieves the objectives
of the rule. The provisions of section
205 do not apply when they are
inconsistent with applicable law.
Moreover, section 205 allows EPA to
adopt an alternative  other than the least
costly, most cost-effective, or least
burdensome alternative if the
Administrator publishes with the final
rule an explanation of why that
alternative was not adopted. Before EPA
establishes any regulatory requirements
that may significantly or uniquely affect
small governments, including tribal
governments, it must have developed
under section 203 of the UMRA a small
government agency plan. The plan must
provide for notifying potentially
affected small governments, enabling
officials of affected small governments
to have meaningful and timely  input in
the development of EPA regulatory
proposals with significant Federal
intergovernmental mandates, and
informing, educating, and advising
small governments on compliance with
the regulatory requirements.
  EPA has determined that this rule
does not contain a Federal mandate that
may result in expenditures of $ 100
million or more for State, local, and
tribal governments, in the aggregate, or
the private sector in any one year.
Potential annual costs of today's action
for small entities, including local and
tribal governments, are $2.1 million for
sample collection, shipping, testing and
reporting for Assessment Monitoring, of
which EPA will pay 99 percent. Average
annual costs to States are projected to be
$0.5 million for Assessment Monitoring
oversight and reporting (over the 5-year
implementation period). Thus,  today's
rule is not subject to the requirements
of section 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
  EPA has determined that this rule
contains no regulatory requirement that
might significantly or uniquely affect
small governments because EPA will
pay for the reasonable costs of sample
testing for the small public water
systems required to sample and test for
unregulated contaminants under this
rule, including those owned and
operated by small governments. While
the covered small public water  systems
will be required to participate in the
unregulated contaminant monitoring
program, the most significant cost they
would incur—the testing of the
samples—will  be paid by EPA. The only
costs that small systems will pay would
be the costs attributed to (1) the labor
associated with reading the regulations,
guidance and instructions to implement
the monitoring requirements, (2)
collecting the samples and packing
them for shipping to the laboratory (EPA
will pay for shipping), and (3) reporting
and record keeping. Thus, today's rule
is not subject to the requirements of-
section 203 of UMRA.
D. Paperwork Reduction Act
  The information collection
requirements in this proposed rule have
been submitted for approval to the

-------
23442
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction
Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 etseq. An
Information Collection Request (ICR)
document has been prepared by EPA
(ICR No. 1882.01). which presents
estimated costs and burdens for the
1999-2001  period. In addition, a
background cost document "Burden and
Cost Calculations for the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring Regulation" is
attached as an appendix to the ICR, and
presents the estimated costs and
burdens for the first five-year cycle of
the proposed rule. A copy of these may
be obtained from Sandy Farmer by mail
at OP Regulatory Information Division;
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(2137), 401  M St., SW., Washington, DC
20460; by email at:
farmer.sandy@epamail.epa.gov; or by
calling: (202) 260-2740. A copy may
also be downloaded off the Internet at:
http://www.epa.gov/icr.
  The information proposed to be
collected under a revised UCM
Regulation is to fulfill the statutory
requirements of section 1445 (a) (2) of the
Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended in
1996. The data to be collected will
describe the source water, location and
UCMR test results for samples taken
from public water systems. The
concentrations of any identified UCMR
contaminants will be evaluated
regarding health effects and will be
considered  for future regulation
accordingly. Reporting is mandatory.
The data is  not subject to confidentiality
protection.
  Burden is defined as the total time,
effort, or financial resources expended
by persons to generate, maintain, retain,
or disclose or provide information to or
for a Federal agency. This includes the
time needed to: review instructions;
develop, acquire, install and utilize
technology  and systems for the purposes
of collecting, validating, verifying,
processing, maintaining, disclosing and
providing information; adjust the
existing ways to comply with any
previously applicable instructions and
requirements; train personnel to be able
to respond to a collection of
information; search data sources;
complete and review the collection of
information; and transmit or otherwise
disclose the information.
  The annual burden and cost estimates
described below are for the
implementation assumptions described
in Section VI, which include the
Assessment Monitoring, Screening
Survey and Pre-Screen Testing
components of the UCMR Program. For
this full UCMR Program, the
respondents to the UCMR are the 800
small water systems (in the national
                    representative sample of systems
                    serving 10,000 or fewer people), the
                    2,774 large public water systems, and
                    the 56 States and primacy agents (3,630
                    total respondents). (As noted, it is
                    possible that up to 150 additional small
                    systems could be involved if all small
                    Pre-Screen Testing systems selected fall
                    outside of the national representative
                    sample. Using an assumption of only
                    800 systems, however, is a conservative,
                    or worst case, assumption, when
                    estimating the burden and cost per
                    system. Hence, this assumption is used
                    in the following estimates.) The
                    frequency of response varies across
                    respondents and years. System costs,
                    (particularly laboratory analytical costs)
                    vary depending on the number of entry
                    or sampling points. Small systems will
                    sample and report an average of 3.4
                    times over the 5-year implementation
                    period. Large systems will sample and
                    report an average of 3.0 times over the
                    5-year implementation period. On
                    average. States will report quarterly.
                    Over the UCMR Program cycle of 2001-
                    2005, the annual average per respondent
                    burden hours and costs are: small
                    systems—1.2 hour burden at $25 per
                    year; large systems—2.0 hours at $57,
                    and $1,950 for analytical costs; and
                    States—194 hours at $7,740 for labor
                    and $500 for non-labor. In aggregate, the
                    average respondent (e.g., small systems,
                    large systems, and the States), incurs an
                    annual average burden and cost of 4.8
                    hours per respondent, with a labor plus
                    non-labor cost of $1,670 per respondent.
                     Burden and cost per response for the
                    total program are estimated to be: for
                    small systems—1.7 hour burden at $36
                    per response; large systems—3.4 hours
                    at $95 for labor, and $ 3,280 for
                    analytical costs; and States—40.3 hours
                    at $1,700 for labor. In aggregate, the
                    average response (e.g., responses from
                    small systems, large systems, and the
                    States) is associated with a burden of 7.0
                    hours, with a labor plus non-labor cost
                    of $2,460 per response.
                     For Assessment Monitoring alone, the
                    average burden and response are only
                    slightly less because there is only a
                    subset of the same systems involved in
                    the Screening Survey and Pre-Screen
                    sampling. In summary, for the
                    Assessment Monitoring respondents to
                    the UCMR are the 800 small water
                    systems (in the national representative
                    sample), the 2,774 large public water
                    systems, and the 56 States and primacy
                    agents (3,630 total respondents). The
                    frequency of response varies across
                    respondents and years. Small systems
                    will sample and report an average of 3.0
                    times over the 5-year implementation
                    period. Large systems will sample and
                    report an average of 2.9 times over the
5-year implementation period. On
average, States will report quarterly.
Over the UCMR program cycle of 2001-
2005, the annual average per respondent
burden hours and costs are: Small
systems—1.2 hour burden at $22 per
year; large systems—2.0 hours at $56,
and $1,680 for analytical costs; and
States—194 hours at $7,740 for labor,
and $500 for non-labor costs. In
aggregate, the average respondent (e.g.,
small systems, large systems, and the
States), incurs an annual average burden
and cost of 4.7 hours per respondent,
with a labor plus non-labor cost of
$1,455 per respondent.
  Burden and cost per response for
Assessment Monitoring only are
estimated to be: For small systems—1.7
hour burden at $36 per response; large
systems—3.4 hours at $96 for labor, and
$2,840 for analytical costs; and States—
40.3 hours at $1,700 for labor. In
aggregate, the average response (e.g.,
responses from small systems, large
systems, and the States) is associated
with a burden of 7.2 hours, with a labor
plus non-labor cost of $2,210 per
response.
  The Agency estimates the annual
burden to EPA for total proposed UCMR
Program activities to be approximately
16,290 hours, at an annual labor cost of
$651,600. EPA's annual non-labor costs
are estimated to be $2.5 million for
Assessment Monitoring only, or $ 3.4
million for the total UCMR program
(Assessment Monitoring, Screening
Surveys, and Pre-Screen Testing).
  Non-labor costs are primarily
attributed to the cost of sample testing
for the 800 small systems. Annual
burdens, as discussed, are based on a 5-
year monitoring cycle.
  An Agency may not conduct or
sponsor, and a person is not required to
respond to a collection of information
unless it displays a currently valid OMB
control number. The OMB control
numbers for EPA's regulations are listed
in 40  CFR part 9 and 48 CFR Chapter
15. Comments are requested on the
Agency's need for this information, the
accuracy of the provided burden
estimates, and any suggested methods
for minimizing respondent burden,
including through the use of automated
collection techniques. Send comments
on the ICR document to the Director, OP
Regulatory Information Division, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency
(2137), 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC
20460, and to the Office of Information
and Regulatory Affairs, Office of
Management and Budget, 725 17th St.,
NW.,  Washington, DC 20503, marked
"Attention: Desk Officer for EPA."
Include the ICR number in any
correspondence. Since OMB is required

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23443
to make a decision concerning the ICR
between 30 and 60 days after April 30,
1999, a comment to OMB is best assured
of having its full effect if OMB receives
it by June 1,1999. The final rule will
respond to any OMB or public
comments on the information collection
requirements contained in this proposal.

E. Regulatory Flexibility Act
  Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
(RFA), as amended by the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act (SBREFA), EPA generally
is required to prepare a regulatory
flexibility analysis describing the
impact of the rule on small entities as
part of rulemaking. However, under
section 605 (b) of the RFA, if EPA
certifies that the rule will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities,
EPA is not required to prepare a
regulatory flexibility analysis. Pursuant
to section 605 (b) of the Regulatory
Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 605(b) and for
the reasons set forth below, the
Administrator certifies that this rule
willnot have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities.
  For purposes of RFA analyses for
SDWA rulemakings, the Agency defines
small entities as systems serving 10,000
or fewer customers. Because this is the
system size category specified in SDWA
as requiring special consideration with
respect to small system flexibility, EPA
established systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons an alternative small entity
definition for SDWA drinking water
rules for the purposes of regulatory
flexibility analysis. This alternative
definition was established for all
drinking water rules in the Consumer
Confidence Reports rulemaking (63 FR
44511-44536 (August 19, 1998)). EPA
also consulted with the Small Business
Administration about the alternative
definition as it relates to small
businesses. For further information on
the establishment of this definition of
small entities, see the referenced
Federal Register notice.
  EPA has determined that the UCMR
will affect small water utilities, since it
is applicable to a subset of small
community and non-transient
noncommunity water systems.
However, the systems impacted limited
to a representative sample of
approximately 800 small public water
systems serving 10,000 or fewer
persons, or 1.2 percent of systems
serving 10,000 or fewer persons. These
systems will be required to conduct
monitoring, as specified in the UCMR
(i.e., collect and prepare samples for
shipping). EPA will assume all costs for
testing of the samples and for shipping
the samples from these systems to
specific certified laboratories located
throughout the United States. EPA has
set aside $2 million from the State
Revolving Fund (SRF) in Fiscal Years
1998 and 1999, and plans to do so into
the future with its authority to set aside
SRF monies for the purposes of
implementing this provision of SDWA.
  EPA has estimated the impact of the
proposed rule and concludes that the
rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. The rationale
for this conclusion is that EPA plans to
pay the full costs of shipping and testing
samples for small systems and does not
plan, under any scenario, to ask systems
to pay these costs. (The costs to these
systems will be limited to the labor
hours associated with collecting a
sample and preparing it for shipping.)
EPA will seek to implement an
optimum and scientifically credible
UCM program that will provide a firm
basis for future regulatory decisions.
  As noted, it is possible that up to 150
additional small systems could be
involved in the unlikely event that all
small Pre-Screen Testing systems
selected fall outside of the national
representative sample. Using an
assumption of only 800 systems
involved, however, is a conservative,  or
worst case, assumption, when
estimating the burden and cost per
system; i.e., this allocates the total cost
and burden of the full implementation
over 800 systems versus 950 systems.
Hence, this assumption is used in the
following estimates.
  EPA evaluated the cost to small
entities under two scenarios. Under
either scenario, EPA will assume the
Cost of shipping and testing samples for
small systems. The "full
implementation" scenario assumes full
funding from funds set aside from the
Drinking Water SRF through the year
2005. The "limited implementation"
scenario assumes that EPA will fund the
costs of the testing with the funds
already set aside for this program.
Under either scenario, this rule will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number or small entities.
Accordingly, EPA certifies that this rule
will not have a significant impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Cost summaries for both scenarios are
provided below.

Full Implementation Scenario

  EPA analyzed the small entity impact
for privately-owned and publicly-owned
entities separately due to the different
economic characteristics of these
ownership types. For publicly-owned
systems, EPA used the "revenue test",
which compares annual system costs
attributed to the rule to the system's
annual revenues. EPA used a "sales
test" for privately-owned systems which
involves the analogous comparison of
UCMR-related costs to a privately-
owned system's sales. EPA assumes that
the distribution of the national
representative sample of small systems
will reflect the proportions of publicly-
and privately-owned systems in the
national inventory. The estimated
distribution of the representative
sample, categorized by ownership type,
source water,  and system size, is
presented below in Table 10.
  TABLE 10.—NUMBER OF PUBLICLY- AND PRIVATELY-OWNED SYSTEMS To PARTICIPATE IN ASSESSMENT MONITORING
Size category
Publicly-owned systems
Non-index
systems
Index systems
Privately-owned systems
Non-index
systems
Index systems
Total — all
systems
                                            GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	
501 to 3,300 	 	 	
3,301 to 10,000 	 	 	 	 	

Subtotal Ground 	 	 	

20
159
158

337

1
6
7

14

76
72
44

192

2
3
2

7

99
240
211

550

                                            SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under.
                                                                                                              11

-------
 23444
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
  TABLE 10.—NUMBER OF PUBLICLY- AND PRIVATELY-OWNED SYSTEMS TO PARTICIPATE IN ASSESSMENT MONITORING—
                                                     Continued
Size category
501 to 3,300 	
3,301 to 10,000 	
Subtotal Surface 	
Total 	 	 	

Publicly-owned systems
Non-index
systems
56
116
175
512
Index systems
2
5
7
21
Privately-owned systems
Non-index
systems
25
33
66
258
Index systems
1
1
2
9
Total— all
systems
84
155
250
800
  The basis for the UCMR RFA
certification under full UCMR
implementation is as follows: the
average annual compliance costs of the
rule represent less than one percent of
revenues/sales for the 800 small water
systems that will be affected. The EPA
estimates that Agency and system costs
for implementing small system
sampling for the full UCMR program
                    (2001-2005) will be approximately
                    $15.1 million. Since the Agency
                    specifically structured the rule to avoid
                    significantly impacting a substantial
                    number of small entities by assuming all
                    costs for laboratory analyses, shipping,
                    and quality control for small entities,
                    EPA costs comprise approximately 99
                    percent ($15.0 million) of the total costs.
                    (Note that EPA's contribution to the
small system program is assumed to
include all small system analytical and
shipping costs, as well as all non-labor
program support costs.) Table 11
presents the annual costs to small
systems and to EPA for the small system
sampling program, along with the
number of participating small systems
during each of the five years of the
program.
                TABLE 11.—EPA COSTS FOR SMALL SYSTEMS UNDER FULL IMPLEMENTATION OF UCMR
Cost description1
2001 (AM)
2002 (AM &
SS1)
2003 (AM &
SS2)
2004 (AM for
Index only &
PST)
2005 (AM
Index only)
Total
Costs to EPA for Small System Program (including Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey, and Pre-Screen Testing): quality as-
    surance, ongoing coordination, data analysis, analytical costs, shipping costs, and costs for contractor site visits to small Index
    and Pre-Screen Testing systems2

$3,392,183
$3,538,029
$3,533,202
$3,814,617
$752,537
$15,030,568
Costs to Small Systems (including Assessment Monitoring, Screening Survey, and Pre-Screen Testing): additional labor for monitoring
                                               or monitoring assistance

27,871
26,915
26,915
15,116
2,499
99,316
                                    Total Costs to EPA and Small Systems for UCMR

3,420,054
3,564,944
3,560,117
3,829,733
755,036
$15,129,884
           Number of Systems to be Monitoring each Year: Non-Index and Index in 2001-2003, Index only in 2004-20053
Public 	
Private 	

Total 	
191
96

287
191
96

287
191
95

286
107
81

188
21
g

30
533
267

800
  1 AM s Assessment Monitoring; SS1 and SS2 = Screening Surveys Years One and Two; PST = Pre-Screen Testing.
  2 EPA costs during the year 2001 include some start-up costs that may actually be incurred during the year 2000.
  sTotal number of systems is 800. All 30 Index systems sample during each year 2001-2005. One-third of Non-Index systems sample during
each year from 2001-2003. A total of 180 small systems conduct Screening Surveys during each year, 2002 and 2003.158 small systems con-
duct the Pr&-Screen Testing during 2004. The rows do not add across, because the same 30 Index systems sample during every year of 5-year
Implementation cyde, and because the Screening Survey systems are a subset of the original sample of 800 systems (e.g., they are conducting
multiple types of sampling). Pre-Screen Testing systems may or may not be a subset of the original 800 Assessment Monitoring systems.
  System costs are attributed to the
additional labor required for reading
State letters, monitoring, reporting, and
record keeping. Assuming that systems
will efficiently conduct UCMR sampling
(e.g., coincident with other required
monitoring), the estimated average
annual per system labor burden for full
UCMR implementation will be: $17 (0.8
                   hours) for ground water systems; and
                   $31 (1.3 hours) for surface water
                   systems. In total, ground water and
                   surface water systems average 1.2 hour
                   of burden per year with an average
                   annual cost of $25. Average annual cost,
                   in all cases, is less than 0.3 percent of
                   system revenues/sales. Therefore, as
                   stated above, the Administrator certifies
that this proposed rule, as funded by
EPA, will not have a significant
economic impact on small entities.
Tables 1 la and lib below present the
estimated economic impacts in the form
of revenue/sales tests for publicly- and
privately-owned systems.

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday.  April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                      23445
     TABLE 12a.—UCMR FULL IMPLEMENTATION SCENARIO: ANALYSIS FOR PUBLICLY-OWNED SYSTEMS (2001-2005)
System size
Annual number of systems
impacted 1
Number
Percent of
U.S. total'
Average annual hours per
system (2001-2005)
Non-index
Index
Average annual cost per
system (2001-2005)
Non-index
Index
"Revenue test" 2
Non-index
(percent)
Index
(percent)
                                              GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	
501 to 3,300 	 	
3,301 to 10,000 	

58
41 4
425

001
034
1 77

0 8
08
1 0

^ o
<* p,
4 6


CA 00
•100 Qrt

fi n*7

n M





                                             SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	
501 to 3,300 	
3,301 to 10,000 	

23
179
305

0 12
098
303

2 9
1 6
1 3

00
c p
*? n

4P 4.Q
PP fifi
*V\ Pft

n fin
•7C Af\
lAfi nfi

n -*c
n m






  1 Calculated as Vs of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems
 takes place over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of five years. Since Screening Survey systems are a subset of the
 Assessment Monitoring systems, this does not affect the average annual number of systems (e.g., these systems are conducting monitoring for
 two components of the UCM Program at the same time).
  2 The "Revenue Test" was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small government entities (e.g., publicly-
 owned systems); costs are presented as a percentage of median annual revenue in each size category.

    TABLE 12b.—UCMR FULL IMPLEMENTATION SCENARIO: ANALYSIS FOR PRIVATELY-OWNED SYSTEMS (2001-2005)
System size
Annual number of systems
impacted1
Number
Percent of
U.S. total
Average annual hours per
system (2001-2005)
Non-index
Index
Average annual cost per
system (2001-2005) 1
Non-Index
Index
Sales test2
Non-index
(percent)
Index
(percent)
                                              GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	
501 to 3,300 	
3,301 to 10,000 	

21 4
188
11.9

005
0 15
050

0 8
08
1 o

^ n
^ 8
46

1fi QQ
11 AA
PQ PQ

A& 7P.
CA OQ
•IOQ on



n fin



n no

                                             SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	
501 to 3,300 	 	
3,301 to 10,000 	

6.5
8 1
85

034
045
085

2.9
16
1 3

00
^ P
5 o

4P 4Q
PP ftft
^R PR

fi fin
yc An
idn no

fi 1Q
fi fi1
fi fi1

fi fifi



  1 Calculated as Vs of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems
takes place over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of five years. Since Screening Survey systems are a subset of the
Assessment Monitoring systems, this does not affect the average annual number of systems (e.g., these systems are conductinq monitorina for
two components of the UCM Program at the same time).
  2 The "Sales Test" was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small private entities (e.g., privately-owned sys-
tems); costs are presented as a percentage of median annual sales in each size category.
Limited Implementation Scenario

  Despite the expected $2 million per
year budget, EPA recognizes that
funding levels vary from year to year
and thus cannot guarantee the precise
amount that will ultimately be available
to implement its UCM program
(although a considerable portion of
those funds are currently on hand). In
the event that an amount commensurate
with funding the optimal UCM program
(in terms of numbers of small systems
sampled and numbers of contaminants
analyzed) may not be available, the
Agency will adjust the UCM program to
accommodate the available funds. This
adjustment may necessitate use of
relatively fewer sample sites, testing of
fewer contaminants, or both. EPA would
use a random number generator select a
representative sample of systems that
would accommodate the available
funds.
  While the Agency considers the
scenario of no additional funding to be
unlikely, EPA also evaluated the
scenario of "current funds only" for
purposes of this RFA analysis. This
"current available funds" scenario is the
case in which EPA would receive no
further funding for small system testing
beyond the $4 million that is currently
set aside from the State Revolving
Funds from Federal Fiscal Years 1998
and 1999. EPA anticipates funding this
program such that no small system
would incur testing costs as intended in
the legislation. Small systems would
only be responsible for taking the
sample. By analyzing small system
impact under such a scenario, EPA can
demonstrate that, regardless of funding
levels, this rule will not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Given the flexibility of the proposed
rule, EPA can ensure defensible results,
balanced with available funding.
  In the optimal anticipated program,
the sample of 800 systems is derived by
applying a 99 percent confidence level,
with 1 percent error tolerance. To
accommodate a $4 million budget, the
representative sample of small systems
would be reduced to approximately 390
systems. Although this smaller sample
size would be less rigorous than the
anticipated sample of 800 systems, the
sample error would still remain within
a range of plus or minus 5 percent.
These 390 systems would incur only
labor costs for collecting and packing

-------
23446
Federal Register /Vol.  64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
the samples, while EPA would pay the
shipping and testing costs for these
samples.
  With the currently available $4
million, EPA will be able to fund
approximately 48 percent of the
planned Assessment Monitoring
program for small systems. To estimate
the costs under this scenario, it is
assumed that only the Assessment
Monitoring component of UCMR would
be implemented. It is also assumed that
the smaller representative sample would
be allocated across system size
categories in the same proportions as
those in the sample of 800 systems, with
ten of these systems being Index sites,
                    as seen below in Table 13. Furthermore,
                    preparations for the Screening Surveys,
                    Pre-Screen Testing, and future UCMR
                    cycles are assumed to be dropped, since
                    with limited funds, current
                    implementation would take precedence
                    over planning for further monitoring.
                    Finally, for the cost analysis of this
                    current funds scenario, it is assumed
                    that the national representative sample
                    will reflect the proportions of publicly-
                    and privately-owned systems in the
                    national inventory of public water
                    systems.1 Because EPA's statistical
                    approach utilizes a random selection
                    process for systems in the national
representative sample, publicly—and
privately-owned systems should be
selected in the same proportions for that
sample as they occur in set of all
community and non-transient,
noncommunity water systems in the
nation.
  The Agency is concerned that a
reduced sample size will reduce the
statistical likelihood that the observed
contaminant occurrence levels will be
representative of actual occurrence
across  the nation. Because of this, the
Agency will actively pursue funding for
the full program described in this
Preamble.
TABLE 13.—NUMBER OF PUBLICLY- AND PRIVATELY-OWNED SYSTEMS To PARTICIPATE IN ASSESSMENT MONITORING, FOR
                                            LIMITED FUNDING PROGRAM *
Size category
Publicly- owned systems .
Non-index
systems
Index systems
Privately-owned systems
Non-index
systems
Index systems
Total— all
systems
                                             GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	
501 to 3,300 	
3,301 to 10,000 	
Subtotal Ground 	

11
80
79
170
0
2
2
4
38
36
22
96
1
1
1
3
50
119
104
273
SURFACE WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	
501 to 3,300 	
3 301 to 10 000 . .
Subtotal Surface 	 , 	
Total 	
1
28
58
87
257
0
1
2
3
7
4
13
16
33
129
0
0
0
0
3
5
42
76
123
396
  'The Limited Funding Program assumes that the only funds available to run the program are those that are currently in hand—$4 million of set
aside funds from Federal Fiscal Years 1998 and 1999. This is a "worst case" funding scenario.
  Under the limited funding scenario,     with one-third of systems sampling
EPA costs for Assessment Monitoring     during each year. However, Index
would primarily be incurred from 2001   systems are assumed to monitor during
to 2003. Systems are assumed to sample   each of the three Assessment
during one year of die three-year, period.   Monitoring years. The distribution of
                                                          costs to EPA and small systems over the
                                                          entire five years is presented below in
                                                          Table 14.
                    TABLE 14.—EPA COSTS FOR SMALL SYSTEMS—LIMITED $4 MILLION PROGRAM
Cost description
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
Total
Costs to" EPA for Assessment Monitoring Program: Quality assurance, ongoing coordination, data analysis,

$1,367,947
$1,082,341
$1,082,341
$280,422
$186,948
$3,999,999
Costs to Small Systems (Assessment Monitoring): Including additional labor for monitoring or monitoring

13,405
11,756
11,756
0
0
36,917
Total Costs to EPA and Small Systems for Assessment Monitoring

1,381,352
1,094,097
1,094,097
280,422
186,948
4,036,916

  1 Publicly- and privately-owned systems
allocations are estimated using data from the 1995
Community Water System Survey. Publicly owned
                    systems are those that are owned by a city, town,
                    township, village, municipal government. State or
                    federal government, or any other publicly-owned or
operated system. Privately-owned systems include
those owned by private investors or homeowners'
associations.

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                   23447
              TABLE 14.—EPA COSTS FOR SMALL SYSTEMS—LIMITED $4 MILLION PROGRAM—Continued
Cost description
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
Number of Systems each Year: Assessment Monitoring and Index Systems in 2001-2003 1
Public 	
Private 	
Total 	
92
46
138
92
46
138
92
46
138
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total

264
132
396
  1 Rows do not add across because the 10 Index systems sample during each year 2001-2003. One-third of Non-Index systems sample durinq
 each year from 2001—2003.
  Under this limited $4 million
 program, EPA costs represent
 approximately 98 percent of the
 national cost for the small system
 sampling program. As in full UCMR
 implementation, small system costs are
 attributed to the additional labor
 required for reading State letter,
 monitoring, reporting, and record
 keeping. It is estimated that under the
 limited program (e.g., Assessment
 Monitoring only), the average annual
 per system labor burden will be: $15
(0.7 hours) for ground water systems;
and $27 (1.26 hours) for surface water
systems. In total, ground water and
surface water systems average 0.9 hours
of burden per year, with an average
annual cost of $19. System burdens here
are lower than in the full
implementation scenario primarily
because no Screening Surveys or Pre-
Screen Testing will occur under this
scenario.
  Through revenue and sales tests,
determinations of economic impact are
presented below in Tables 14a and 14b,
respectively. Under this limited $4
million program, systems will be subject
to less required monitoring than in the
full UCMR program. For both full
UCMR implementation and the limited
funding scenario, average annual cost is
in all cases lower than 1 percent of
annual sales/revenues. Thus, even in
this worst case, limited implementation
scenario, EPA certifies that this
proposed rule would not impose a
significant economic impact on small
entities.
   TABLE 15A.—UCMR LIMITED IMPLEMENTATION SCENARIO: ANALYSIS FOR PUBLICLY-OWNED SYSTEMS (2001-2005)
System size
Annual number of systems
impacted 1
Number
Percent of
U.S. total
Average annual hours per
system (2001-2005)
(percent)
Non-Index
Index
Average annual cost per
system (2001-2005)
Non-Index
Index
"Revenue Test"2
(percent)
Non-Index
Index
                                            GROUND WATER SYSTEMS
500 and under 	 	 	
501 to 3,300 	
3,301 to 10,000 	


500 and under 	 	 	
501 to 3,300 	
3,301 to 10,000 	
22
171
172


03
60
12.6
000
0 14
072


001
033
1.25
o •?
n "3
0 1

SURFACE WA
05
07
0.0
n R
m
n K

TER SYSTEM!
nn
1 1
1.1
dM AQ
C f\c
O ft-l

5

0.0
so
$15.41
17fY7
$0.00
ARQSt
0.07
n m
0.00
A no

-------
23448
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday, April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
 TABLE 15B.—UCMR UMITED IMPLEMENTATION SCENARIO: ANALYSIS FOR PRIVATELY OWNED SYSTEMS (2001-2005)—
                                                   Continued
System size
3.301 to 10.000 	
Annual number of systems
impacted 1
Number
3.5
Percent of
U.S. total
0.35
Average annual hours per
system (2001-2005)
(percent)
Non-Index
1.1
Index
3.1
Average annual cost per
system (2001 -2005) 1
Non-Index
31.35
Index
87.36
"Sales Test" 2
(percent)
Non-Index
0.01
Index
0.02
  i Calculated as Vs of the Non-Index sample, plus all Index systems for each year from 2001-2005; actual sampling for Non-Index systems
takes place over three years, while that of Index systems occurs over each of three years.
  aThe "Sales Test" was used to evaluate the economic impact of an information collection on small private entities (e.g., privately-owned sys-
tems); costs are presented as a percentage of median annual sales in each size category.
F. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
  Under § 12(d) of the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act (NTTAA), the Agency is required to
use voluntary consensus standards in its
regulatory activities unless doing so
would be inconsistent with applicable
law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary
consensus standards are technical
standards (e.g., material specifications,
analytical methods, sampling
procedures, business practices, etc.) that
are developed or adopted by voluntary
consensus standard bodies. Where
available and potentially applicable
voluntary consensus standards are not
used by EPA, the Act requires the
Agency to provide Congress, through
the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB), an explanation of the reasons for
not using such standards.
  In preparing this proposal, EPA
searched for consensus methods and the
methods found were published by the
three major voluntary consensus
method organizations. Standard
Methods, AOAC International, and
American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM), that would be
acceptable for compliance
determinations under SDWA for the
UCM List. The voluntary consensus
methods found are listed in preamble
section HI.A.l.(c), Analytical Methods
Applicable to the Monitoring List. For
the Assessment Monitoring portion of
the proposed rule, EPA is approving the
use of all of the non-EPA analytical
methods, adopted by these voluntary
consensus groups, that are applicable to
the analyses of these unregulated
contaminants, when used in
conjunction with the required quality-
control practices specified in the rule.
  For those chemical and
microbiological parameters not included
in the Assessment Monitoring portion of
this proposal, EPA was unable to find
either an EPA or voluntary consensus
method organization method that was
applicable to the monitoring required.
In those cases where the contaminant
                   was listed in a consensus method
                   organizations method, the method either
                   used technology that EPA believes is not
                   consistent with modern laboratory
                   practices (large volume liquid-liquid
                   acid base neutral extractions, and
                   packed column chromatography), or the
                   contaminant was subject to rapid
                   degradation in samples stored under the
                   specified conditions. Therefore, EPA is
                   conducting the methods development
                   necessary to establish acceptable
                   methods for the determination of these
                   parameters.
                     EPA welcomes comments on this
                   aspect of the proposed rulemaking and,
                   specifically invites the public to identify
                   potentially applicable voluntary
                   consensus standards and to explain why
                   such standards should be used in this
                   regulation.

                   G. Executive Order 12898—Federal
                   Actions to Address Environmental
                   Justice in Minority Populations and
                   Low-Income Populations

                     Executive Order 12898, "Federal
                   Actions to Address Environmental
                   Justice in Minority Populations and
                   Low-Income Populations" (February 11,
                   1994), focuses federal attention on the
                   environmental and human health
                   conditions of minority populations and
                   low-income populations with the goal of
                   achieving environmental protection for
                   all communities.
                     By seeking to identify unregulated
                   contaminants that may pose health risks
                   via drinking water from all Public Water
                   Systems, the unregulated contaminant
                   monitoring regulation furthers the
                   protection of public health for all
                   citizens, including minority and low-
                   income populations using public water
                   supplies. Using a statistically-derived
                   set of systems for the national
                   representative sample that is
                   population-weighted within each
                   system size category in each State, the
                   proposed rule ensures that no group
                   within the population is under
                   represented.
H. Executive Order 12875—Enhancing
Intergovernmental Partnerships
  Under Executive Order 12875, EPA
may not issue a regulation that is not
required by statute and that creates a
mandate upon a State, local or tribal
government, unless the Federal
government provides the funds
necessary to pay the direct compliance
costs incurred by those governments or
EPA consults with those governments. If
EPA complies by consulting. Executive
Order 12875 requires EPA to provide to
the Office of Management and Budget a
description of the extent of EPA's prior
consultation with representatives of
affected State, local and tribal
governments, the nature of their
concerns, any written communications
from the governments, and a statement
supporting the need to issue the
regulation. In addition, Executive Order
12875 requires EPA to develop an
effective process permitting elected
officials and other representatives of
State, local and tribal governments "to
provide meaningful and timely input in
the development of regulatory proposals
containing significant unfunded
mandates."
  EPA has concluded that this rule will
create a mandate on State, local, and
tribal governments and that the Federal
government will not provide the funds
necessary to pay the full direct costs
incurred by these governments in
complying with the mandate. However,
EPA will pay for the sample testing
costs of small systems serving 10,000 or
fewer persons and has set aside funds in
its budget to do so.
  EPA consulted with State, local, and
tribal governments to enable them to
provide meaningful and timely input in
the development of this rule.
Specifically, EPA received input
through its public stakeholder process
from 21 States and eight large water
systems serving more than 10,000
persons, as well as 62 other Federal,
State and local government agencies,
non-profit organizations, and
associations and industry who attended

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol. 64, No. 83/Friday. April 30,  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                    23449
 17 public meetings beginning in
 December 1996 and continuing through
 June 1998, in Washington, DC. EPA
 announced five of these meetings in the
 Federal Register to allow as broad as
 possible a representation at these
 meetings, with the remaining meetings
 being topical meetings of
 representatives from the public
 meetings. EPA also sent out nearly 400
 targeted mailings directly to 360 tribes,
 tribal organizations, and small water
 system organizations to ensure that they
 were informed of the proposed rule's
 expected requirements and had an
 opportunity to comment on these
 requirements. The principal concerns
 raised were that: (1) EPA should fund
 the testing of samples from systems
 serving 10,000 or fewer persons, and
 that larger systems should provide their
 own testing. (2) EPA should implement
 a monitoring program commensurate
 with the information needed  about and
 the analytical methods that could
 reliably be used for the contaminants of
 concern. (3) EPA should establish as full
 a list of 30 contaminants as possible to
 maximize the use of the program. EPA
 believes this proposal fully addresses
 these concerns. (4) EPA should consider
 targeted, rather than representative
 random, sampling for tribal water
 systems. EPA is asking for public
 comment on the issue of targeted
 monitoring. (5) EPA should consider the
 applicability of "treatment as a State"
 for Tribes for the purposes of this
 regulation. EPA is asking for public
 comment on this issue.
 /. Executive Order 13084—Consultation
 and Coordination with Indian Tribal
 Governments
  Under Executive Order 13084, EPA
 may not issue a regulation that is not
 required by statute, that significantly or
 uniquely affects the communities of
 Indian tribal governments, and that
 imposes substantial direct compliance
 costs on those communities, unless the
 Federal government provides the funds
 necessary to pay the direct compliance
 costs incurred by the tribal governments
 or EPA consults with those
 governments. If EPA complies by
 consulting, Executive Order 13084
 requires EPA to provide to the Office of
Management and Budget, in a separately
 identified section of the preamble to the
rule, a description of the extent of EPA's
prior consultation with representatives
of affected tribal governments, a
summary of the nature of their concerns,
and a statement supporting the need to
issue the regulation. In addition,
Executive Order 13084 requires EPA to
develop an effective process permitting
elected officials and other
 representatives of Indian tribal
 governments "to provide meaningful
 and timely input in the development of
 regulatory policies on matters that
 significantly or uniquely affect their
 communities."
   Today's rule does not significantly or
 uniquely affect the communities of
 Indian tribal governments. Only one
 tribal water system serves more than
 10,000 persons. All the other tribal
 water systems serve 10,000 or fewer
 persons and in today's proposal would
 have an equal probability of being
 selected in the national representative
 sample of systems of this size for which
 EPA will pay the costs of testing of
 unregulated contaminants. Thus, these
 tribal water systems would be treated
 the same as water systems of a State.
   This rule will not impose substantial
 direct compliance costs on such
 communities either because the Federal
 government will provide most of the
 funds necessary to pay the direct costs
 incurred by the tribal governments in
 complying with the rule, with the
 exception of the one large tribal water
 system. Accordingly, the requirements
 of section 3(b) of Executive Order 13084
 do not apply to this rule. Nevertheless,
 in developing this rule, EPA consulted
 with representatives of tribal
 governments pursuant to both Executive
 Order 12875 and Executive Order
 13084. The extent of EPA's consultation,
 the nature of the governments' concerns,
 and EPA's position supporting the need
 for this rule, are discussed in the
 preamble section that addresses
 compliance with Executive Order
 12875. Tribes were consulted and raised
 issues concerning the utility of a
 targeted, rather than a representative
 random, sampling approach, and the
 applicability of "treatment  as a State"
 under this proposed rule, The Agency is
 requesting public comment on these
 issues. Systems serving 10,000 or fewer
 persons on tribal lands will have the
 same opportunity to be selected for
 participation in the monitoring program
 as any other system of that size and EPA
 will pay for the testing costs.
 X. Public Involvement in Regulation
 Development
  EPA's Office of Ground Water and
 Drinking Water has developed a process
 for stakeholder involvement in its
 regulatory activities for the purpose of
 providing early input to regulation
 development. Activities related to the
 Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 Regulation included meetings for
 developing the Contaminant Candidate
List (CCL) and the information
requirements of the National Drinking
Water Contaminant Occurrence Data
 Base (NCOD), as well as specific
 meetings focused on revising the
 unregulated contaminant monitoring
 program. During the development of the
 UCMR, stakeholders from a wide range
 of public and private entities provided
 key perspectives. Representatives from
 public water systems. States, industry,
 and other organizations attended two
 stakeholders meetings to discuss
 options directly related to the UCMR.
 An additional 17 meetings were held
 with stakeholders and the public
 concerning issues related to the UCMR.
 In total, twenty-one State health and
 environmental agencies, five water
 systems, six water associations, six
 health associations, five industrial
 associations, four environmental
 organizations, four community and
 consumer organizations, twenty-nine
 companies, and seven federal agency
 offices participated in meetings that
 were instrumental in the development
 of the proposed regulation.
   As noted above, the CCL identifies
 contaminants for which EPA may take
 regulatory action and for which EPA
 needs additional data. The
 contaminants for which additional data
 are needed before EPA can determine
 their regulatory status include
 contaminants on the Unregulated
 Contaminant Monitoring List. The
 meetings to develop the CCL have
.included stakeholder meetings to
 discuss the list broadly and meetings
 focused on particular issues conducted
 through the National Drinking Water
 Advisory Council's (NDWAC) Working
 Group on Occurrence and Contaminant
 Selection, as follows:
 December 2-3, 1996 Stakeholders
  Meeting
 April 3-4, 1997 NDWAC Working
  Group
June 23, 1997 NDWAC Working Group
July 17, 1997 NDWAC Working Group
January 7,1998 NDWAC Conference
  Call
  These meetings resulted in the
Drinking Water Contaminant Candidate
List (63 FR 10274, March 2, 1998) The
contaminants that are proposed in this
rule for unregulated contaminant
monitoring are taken from the CCL
 "Occurrence Priorities."
  The NCOD development activities
have included ten public meetings on
information requirements that should be
considered for inclusion in that data
base. These meetings were held from
October 1997 to February 1998. The
work of the NCOD development team
has been incorporated in the
preparation of this proposed
unregulated contaminant monitoring
regulation as the reporting requirements

-------
23450
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday,  April 30, 1999/Proposed  Rules
for sample testing. Several documents
are included in the docket for this rule
concerning the NCOD development
which were used in the public meetings:
Options for the National Drinking Water
  Contaminant Occurrence Data Base,
  Background Document (Working
  Draft), EPA 815-D-97-001. May 1997;
National Drinking Water Contaminant
  Occurrence Data Base—Development
  Strategy, Background Document
  (Working Draft). EPA 815-D-97-005.
  December 1997; and
Options for Design of the National
  Drinking Water Contaminant
  Occurrence Data Base, Background
  Document (Working Draft), EPA 815-
  D-98-001. January 1998.
  EPA held its first stakeholders
meeting to discuss options for the
development of the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring Regulation on
December 2-3,1997, in Washington,
DC. A range of stakeholders attended
that meeting, including representatives
of public water systems, States,
industry, health and laboratory
organizations, and the public. EPA
prepared a background document for
the meeting. Options for Developing the
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Regulation (Working Draft), EPA 815-
D-97-003, November 1997. A summary
of the meeting is also available. Prior to
preparation of this proposed regulation,
EPA held a second stakeholders meeting
on June 3-4,1998, to obtain input from
interested parties on significant issues
evolving from drafting the regulation,
which needed further public input. EPA
prepared a public review document for
that meeting, Background Information
and Draft Annotated Outline for a
Proposed Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring Regulation, Background
Document. (Working Draft), May 1998.
A meeting summary is available. EPA
also sent special requests for review of
stakeholder documents to more than
360 tribes (exclusive of the Alaskan
native villages) and to small systems
organizations to obtain their input.
  In all, EPA has held 17  public
meetings with stakeholders and
interested parties related directly or
closely to the proposed Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring Regulation.
                    XI. References

                    Barbash, J.E., and E.A. Resek. 1996.
                        Pesticides in Ground Water, volume two
                        of the series Pesticides in the Hydrologic
                        System. Ann Arbor Press, Inc., Chelsea,
                        Michigan.
                    Battaglin, W., and Hay, L. 1996. Effects of
                        sampling strategies on estimates of
                        annual mean herbicide concentrations in
                        Midwestern rivers. Environmental
                        Science and Technology, v. 30, p. 889-
                        896.
                    Cowart, J.B., W.C. Burnett, P.A. Chin, K.
                        Harada. 1987. Occurrence of Po-210 in
                        Natural Waters in Florida, in Trace
                        Substances in Environmental Health-
                        XXI. D.D. Hemphill, Ed., University of
                        Missouri, Columbia.
                    Hallberg, G. 1989a. Pesticide pollution of
                        groundwater in the humid United States;
                        In Bouwer, H., and Bowman, R.S., eds..
                        Effect of Agriculture on Groundwater.
                        Agriculture, Ecosystems, and
                        Environment, v. 26, p. 299-367.
                    Hallberg, G.R. 1989b. Nitrate in groundwater
                        in the United States, In Follett, R.F., ed.,
                        Nitrogen Management and Groundwater
                        Protection; Chapter 3, p. 35-74. Elsevier
                        Sci. Pub., Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
                    Hallberg, G., and D. Keeney. 1993. Nitrate. In
                        Alley, W.A., Regional Ground-Water
                        Quality; Chapter 2, p. 297-322. Van
                        Nostrand Reinhold, New York, NY.
                    Harada, Koh, W.C. Burnett, P.A. LaRock, and
                        J.B. Cowart. 1989. Polonium in Florida
                        groundwater and its possible
                        relationship to the sulfur cycle and
                        bacteria. Geochemica et Cosmochimica
                        Acta, v. 53, pp. 143-150.
                    Larson, S.J., P.O. Capel, and M.S. Majewski.
                        1997. Pesticides in Surface Waters,
                        volume three of the series Pesticides in
                        the Hydrologic System. Ann Arbor Press,
                        Inc., Chelsea, Michigan.
                    Pinsky, P., M. Lorber, K. Johnson, B. Kross,'
                        L. Burmeister, A. Wilkins, and G.
                        Hallberg. 1997. A study of the temporal
                        variability of atrazine in private well
                        water. Environmental Monitoring and
                        Assessment, v. 47, p. 197-221.
                    Upchurch, S.B. 1991. Radiochemistry of
                        Uranium-Series Isotopes in
                        Groundwater. Florida Institute of
                        Phosphate Research (05-022-092)

                    List of Subjects

                    40 CFR Part 141

                      Analytical methods. Chemicals,
                    Environmental protection,
                    Intergovernmental relations,
                    Microorganisms, Monitoring, Water
                    supply.

                    40 CFR Part 142

                      Analytical methods, Chemicals,
                    Environmental protection,
                    Intergovernmental relations,
                    Microorganisms, Monitoring, Water
                    supply.
  Dated: April 14, 1999.
Carol M. Browner,
Administrator.
  For the reasons set out in the
preamble, title 40 of the Code of Federal
Regulations is proposed to be amended
as follows:

PART 141—NATIONAL PRIMARY
DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS

  1. The authority citation for part 141
continues to read as follows:
  Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-l, 300g-2,
300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-5, 300g-6, 300J-4,
300j-9, and300j-ll.
  2. Section 141.35 is revised to read as
follows:

§ 141.35 Reporting of unregulated
contaminant monitoring results.
  (a) Does this reporting apply to me?
This section applies to any owner or
operator of a public water system
required to monitor for unregulated
contaminants under § 141.40. This rule
requires you to report the results of this
monitoring.
  (b) To whom must I report? (1) You
must report the results of unregulated
contaminant monitoring to the primary
enforcement authority for the public
water system program for your state,
which will usually be the State drinking
water agency, but will,  in some parts of
the country, be the EPA Regional office.
(The primary enforcement authority for
a public water system is also known as
the "primacy agency'.) You must also
notify the public of the monitoring
results as provided in Subpart O
(Consumer Confidence  Reports) and
Subpart Q (Public Notification) of this
part.
  (2) Exception. You do not need to
report results of the screening survey, if
you are a system serving a population of
10,000 or less, or the results of a pre-
screen test, since in both cases EPA will
arrange for testing and reporting of the
results. However, you will still need to
comply with public notification
requirements for these results.
  (c) When do I report monitoring
results? You must report the results of
unregulated contaminant monitoring
within ten (10) days of receiving the
results from the laboratory or within the
first ten (10) days following the end of
the required monitoring period
specified by the primacy agency,
whichever comes first.
  (d)  What information must I report?
You must report the information
specified in the following table:

-------
                     Federal Register/Vol.  64, No. 83/Friday, April 30.  1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                             23451
                     TABLE 1.—UNREGULATED CONTAMINANT MONITORING REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS
                Data element
                                                                                   Definition
 1. Public Water  System (PWS)  Identification
  Number.
 2. Sampling Station Type	
3. Water Source Type
4. Sample Identification Number
5. Sample Collection Date	
6. Contaminant 	
7. Analytical Results—Sign 	
8. Analytical Result—Value 	
9. Analytical Result—Unit of Measure
10. Analytical Method Number	,.	
11. Public Water System Facility Identification
  Number—Source   Intake/Well,   Treatment
  Plant and Sampling Station.
12. Public Water System Facility Type
13. Latitude of the Public Water System Facility
  for Source Intake/Well and Treatment Plant.
14. Longitude of the Public Water System Facil-
  ity  for Source Intake/Well and Treatment
  Plant.
15. Sample Type 	
16. Detection Level
The code used to identify each PWS. The code begins with the standard two-character postal
  State abbreviation; the remaining seven characters are unique to each PWS.
The sampling station type from which the sample came. The valid choices are:
(a) Finished Water from treatment system.
(b) Finished/treated water from Entry Point to the distribution system after treatment.
(c) Finished/treated water from Within the Distribution System.
(d) Finished/treated water from End of the Distribution line with longest residence time.
(e) Finished/treated water from household/drinking water tap.
(f) Finished/treated water from unknown location.
(g) Other Finished/treated water.
(h) Raw/untreated water.
The source type represented by the sample. The valid choices are:
(a) Surface water from a stream or purchased surface water from a stream.
(b) Surface  water from a lake or  reservoir, or purchased  surface water from a lake or res-
  ervoir.
(c)  Ground water under the direct influence of surface water or purchased Ground water under
  the direct influence of surface water.
(d) Ground water or purchased ground water.
A unique identifier assigned by the PWS for each sample.
The date the sample is collected.
The unregulated contaminant for which the sample is being  analyzed.
An alphanumeric value indicating whether the sample analysis result was:
(a)  (<) "less than" means the  contaminant was  not detected or was detected at a level "less
  than" the MRL.                                .
(b)  (=) "equal to" means the contaminant was detected at a level "equal to" the value reported
  in "Analytical Result—Value."
The actual numeric value of the analysis for chemical and microbiological results.
The unit of measurement for the analytical results reported, (e.g., micrograms per liter,  jig/L;
  colony-forming units per milliliter, CFU/mL, etc.)
The method number of the analytical method used.
An  identification number established by the State, or, at  the State's discretion, the PWS, and
  unique to the system for an intake for each source of  water, a treatment plant and a sam-
  pling station. Within each PWS, each intake, treatment plant and sampling point must re-
  ceive a unique identification number, including, for intake, surface water intake, ground
  water well or wellfield centroid, and including, for sampling station,  entry points to the dis-
  tribution system, wellhead,  intake, or locations within the distribution system.  The same
  identification number must be used consistently through the history of unregulated contami-
  nant monitoring to represent the facility.
The facility type represented by the water system facility identification number:
(a)  Intake (for surface water sources).
(b) Well or wellfield (for ground water sources).
(c) Treatment Plant
(d) Sampling Station.
(e) Entry Point to Distribution System.
(f) Reservoir.
(g) Booster Station.
(h) Unknown.
The east-west coordinate of each source intake, well or wellfield centroid, and treatment plant
  associated with a sample expressed as decimal degrees.
The north-south coordinate of each  source  intake, well  or wellfield centroid, and treatment
  plant associated with a sample expressed as decimal degrees.

The type of sample collected. Permitted values include:
(a) Reference Sample—calibration or QC samples.
(b) Field Sample—sample collected and submitted for analysis under this rule.
(c) Confirmation Sample—a sample analyzed to confirm an initial contaminant detection.
(d)  Field Blank—reagent water or other blank matrix placed in a sample container in the lab-
  oratory and  treated as  a sample in  all  respects, including shipment to the sampling site,
  storage, preservation, and all analytical procedures.
(e) Equipment Blank—samples generated by  processing reagent water through the equipment
  using the same procedures used in the field to demonstrate that the equipment is free from
  contamination.
(f) Split Sample—sample divided into sub-samples submitted  to different laboratories or ana-
  lysts for analysis.
(g) Duplicate Sample—two aliquots of the same sample analyzed separately with identical pro-
  cedures.
(h) Spiked Sample-^a sample to which known quantities of the method  analytes are added.
"Detection level" is referring to the detection  limit applied to both the method and equipment.
  Detection limits are the lowest concentration of a target contaminant  that a given method or
  piece of equipment can reliably ascertain and report as greater than zero (i.e.,  Instrument
  Detection Limit, Method  Detection Limit, Estimated Detection Limit).

-------
23452
Federal Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
             TABLE 1.—UNREGULATED CONTAMINANT MONITORING REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—Continued
              Data element
                                                       Definition
17. Detection Level Unit of Measure

18. Analytical Precision 	
19. Analytical Accuracy
20. Presence/Absence
                     The unit of measure to express the, concentration, count, or other value of a contaminant level
                       for the detection level reported, (e.g., ng/L, colony forming units/mL (CFU/mL), etc.)
                     For purposes of the UCMR, Analytical Precision is defined as the relative percent difference
                       (RPD) between spiked matrix duplicates. The RPD for the spiked matrix duplicates analyzed
                       in the same batch of samples as the analytical result being reported is to be entered in this
                       field. Precision is calculated as Relative Percent Difference (RPD) between spiked matrix
                       duplicates using, RPD = [(Xi-X2)/{(Xi + X2)/2}] x 100.
                     For purposes of the UCMR accuracy is defined as the percent recovery of the contaminant in
                       the spiked matrix sample analyzed in the same analytical batch as the sample result being
                       reported and calculated using; % recovery = [(amt. found in Sp—amt. found in sample) /
                       amt. spiked] x 100.
                     Chemicals: Presence—a response was produced by the analysis (i.e., greater than or equal to
                       the MDL but less than the minimum reporting Ievel)/Absence—no response was produced
                       by the analysis (i.e., less than the MDL).
                     Microbiologicals: Presence—indicates a response was produced by the analysis /Absence—in-
                       dicates no response was produced by the analysis.
  (e) How must I report this
Information? You must report this
information in the electronic or other
format specified by the primacy agency.
  (f) Can the laboratory to which I send
samples report the results forme? Yes,
as long as the laboratory sends you a
copy for review and recordkeeping.
  3. Section 141.40 is revised to read as
follows:

§ 141.40  Monitoring requirements for
unregulated contaminants.
  (a) Requirements for owners and
operators of public water systems.—(1)
Do I have to monitor for unregulated
contaminants?— (i) Transient systems. If
you own or operate a transient non-
community water system, you do not
have to monitor for unregulated
contaminants.
  (ii) Large systems. If you own or
operate a public water system (other
than a transient system) that serves
more than 10,000 persons and do not
purchase your entire water supply from
another public water system, you must
monitor as  follows:
  (A) You must monitor for the
unregulated contaminants on List 1 of
the Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring List.
  (B) You must monitor for the
unregulated contaminants on List 2 of
the Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring List if notified by your State
or EPA regional office that you are part
of the screening survey.
  (C) You must monitor for the
unregulated contaminants on List 3 of
the Unregulated Contaminant
Monitoring List if notified by your State
or EPA regional office that you are part
of the pre-screen testing.
                      (iii) Small systems. If you own or
                    operate a public water system (other
                    than a transient system) that serves
                    10,000 persons or fewer and do not
                    purchase your entire water supply from
                    another public water system, you must
                    monitor as follows:
                      (A) You must monitor for the
                    unregulated contaminants on List 1 of
                    the Unregulated Contaminant
                    Monitoring List if you are notified by
                    your State or EPA regional office that
                    you are part of the State Monitoring
                    Plan for small systems.
                      (B) You must monitor for the
                    unregulated contaminants on List 2 of
                    the Unregulated Contaminant
                    Monitoring List if you are notified by
                    your State or EPA regional office that
                    you are part of the screening survey.
                      (C) You must monitor for the
                    unregulated contaminants on List 3 of
                    the Unregulated Contaminant
                    Monitoring List if you are notified by
                    your State or EPA regional office that
                    you are part of the pre-screen testing.
                      (2) How would I be selected for the
                    monitoring under the State Monitoring
                    Plan, the screening survey,  or the pre-
                    screen testing?—(i) State Monitoring
                    Plan. Only a representative sample of
                    small systems must monitor for
                    unregulated contaminants.  EPA will
                    select a national representative sample
                    of small public water systems in each
                    state through the use of a random
                    number generator. Selection will be
                    weighted by population served within
                    each system water source type (surface
                    or ground water) and system size
                    category (systems serving persons
                    numbering 25-500, 501-3,300, and
                    3,301-10,000). EPA will also select a
small group of systems to be "index
sites." Systems selected as index sites
provide information about their site and
operation that will serve to allow
extrapolation of their results to other
systems of similar size, rather than
collecting detailed information at every
small system. Each State will have the
opportunity to make some modifications
to this selection. You will be notified by
EPA or the State that your system is part
of the final State Monitoring Plan.
   (ii) Screening Survey. The purpose of
the screening survey is to determine the
occurrence of contaminants in drinking
"water or sources of drinking water for
which analytical methods have recently
been developed for unregulated
contaminant monitoring. EPA will
select up to 300 systems to participate
in this survey by using a random
number generator. You will be notified
by EPA or the State that your system has
been selected for monitoring under the
screening survey.
   (iii) Pre-screen testing. The purpose of
pre-screen testing is to determine the
occurrence of contaminants for which
EPA needs to determine that new
analytical methods can measure their
existence in locations most likely to be
found. EPA will select up to 200
systems to participate in this testing
considering the characteristics of the
contaminants, precipitation, system
operation, and environmental
conditions. You will be notified by EPA
or the State that your system has been
selected for monitoring under the pre-
screen testing program.
   (3) For which contaminants must I
monitor? Lists 1, 2 and 3 of unregulated
contaminants are as follows:

-------
                 Federal Register/Vol. 64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
23453
                           TABLE 1.—UNREGULATED CONTAMINANT MONITORING LIST
1 — Contaminant
2— CAS Identi-
fication No.
3 — Analytical
methods
4 — Minimum report-
ing level
5 — Sampling
location
6 — Date moni-
toring to begin
                            List 1—Assessment Monitoring Organic Chemical Contaminants
2,4-dinitrotoluene 	
2,6-dinitrotoluene 	 	 	
DCPA mono acid degradate 	
DCPA di acid degradate 	 	
4,4'-DDE 	
EPTC 	
Molinate 	
MTBE 	 	 	
Nitrobenzene 	
Terbacil 	

121-14-2 	
606-20-2 	
887-54-7 	
2136-79-0 	
72-55-9 	
759-94-4
2212-67-1 	
1634-04-4 	
98-95-3 	
5902-51-2 .......

EPA 525.2" 	 	
EPA 525.2".
EPA 5151"
EPA 515.2"
D5317-93"
AOAC 992.32"=
EPA 515.1 "
EPA 515.2"
D5317-93"
AOAC 992.32=
EPA 508 " ....
EPA 508.1 "
EPA 525.2 "
D5812-96"
AOAC 990.06=
EPA 507"
EPA 525.2"
D5475-93"
AOAC 991.07»
EPA 507 "
EPA 525.2"
D5475-93b
AOAC 991 .07-=
EPA 524.2"
D5790-95»
SM6210D"
EPA 524.2" 	
D5790-95"
SM6210D4
EPA 507"
EPA 525.2"
D5475-93"
AOAC 991 .07=
2.4 ug/Le 	 	 	
2 0 ug/Le
1 0 ug/Le
1 0 ug/Le
0 75 ug/Le
1 2 ug/Le
0 87 ug/L°
5 0 ug/Lg
12 ug/Ls
23 ug/Le

EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDS f
EPTDS f
EPTDS f
EPTDS f
EPTDSf
EPTDS f

2001-2003
2001 2003
2001 2003
2001 2003
2001 2003
onn-i ynrva
pnni pniy?
j>ooi yncn
2001 2003
2001 2003

                             List 1—Assessment Monitoring Microbiological Contaminants
Aeromonas Hydrophila 	

Chemical Contaminant
Reserved 	

Membrane filter, in
review.
CAS identifica- Anticipated analyt-
tion No. ical methods
1 colony forming
unit.
Minimum reporting
level0
(1) Near end of dis-
tribution line with
longest residence
time; (2) at a rep-
resentative site in
the distribution
system.
Sampling location
2001-2003
Date monitoring to
begin
    List 2.—Screening Survey: Organic Chemical Contaminants To Be Sampled After Notice of Analytical Methods Availability
1,2-diphenyIhydrazine 	
2-methyl-phenol 	 	 	 	
2,4-dichlorophenoI ....-...-. 	
2,4-dinitrophenol : 	
2,4,6 trichlorophenol 	
Acetochlor 	
Alachlor ESA 	 	 	
Diazinon 	 	 	
Disulfoton 	
Diuron 	
Fonofos 	
Linuron 	 '. 	
Prometon 	
Terbufos 	
122-66-7
95-48-7
120-83-2
51-28-5
88-06-2
34256-82-1

333-41-5
298-04-4
330-54-1
944-22-9
330-55-2
1610-18-0
13071-79-9
EPA 525.2* 	 	
SPE/GC/MS1
SPE/GC/MS1
SPE/GC/MS ' .. ..
SPE/GC/MS ' 	
EPA 525.2* ....
TBDh .. . .
EPA 525.2" .
EPA 525.2" 	
SPE/HPLC/U VJ
EPA 525.2 ! 	
SPE/HPLC/U Vi
EPA 525.2" .
EPA 525.2" 	
Reserved h
ReSerVed
Reserved11
Reserved h
Reserved h
Reserved ^
Reserved h
Reserved h
Reserved11
Reserved ^
Reserved11
Reserved h
Reserved b
Reserved11 	
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDS f
EPTDSf
EPTDS f
EPTDSf
EPTDS f
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf
EPTDSf 	 	




Ressrvsd h



Ressrved h




Reserved.11
References:

-------
 23454
Federal Register/Vol.  64, No.  83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed  Rules
  •The version of the EPA methods being approved will be dependant upon the status of the approval of new versions for compliance moni-
toring. If appropriate regulations approving new versions of EPA compliance monitoring methods are completed prior to the promulgation of this
regulation, the following versions of the above methods will be approved. Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking
 Water—-Supplement III, EPA-600/R-95-131, August 1995. NTIS PB95-261616. Copies are also available from the National Technical Informa-
tion Service (NTIS), U.S. Department of Commerce, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. The toll-free number is 800-553-6847. If
new regulations changing the versions of methods being approved for compliance monitoring are not completed prior to the promulgation of this
regulation, then the following versions of the EPA methods are being approved for monitoring under the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Rule. Methods 507, 508, and 515.1  are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water, EPA-600/4-88-039, Decem-
ber 1988, Revised, July 1991. Methods 515.2 and 524.2 are in Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water—Sup-
plement If, EPA/600/R-92/129, August 1992. These documents are available from the National Technical Information Service, (NTIS) U.S. De-
partment of Commerce, 5285  Port  Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161  (800) 553-6847. Methods 508.1  and  525.2 are available from US
EPA NERL-Cindnnati, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268, (513) 569-7586.
  * Annual Book ofASTM Standards, 1996 and 1998, Vol. 11.02, American Society for Testing  and Materials. Method D5812-96 is located in
the Annual Book of ASTMStandards, 1998, Vol. 11.02. Methods D5790-95, D5475-93, and D5317-93 are located in the Annual Book of ASTM
Standards, 1996 and 1998,  Vol 11.02. Copies may be obtained from the American Society for  Testing and  Materials, 101 Barr Harbor Drive,
West Conshohocken, PA 19428.
  "Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC (Association of Official Analytical Chemist) International, Sixteenth Edition, 4th Revision, 1998, Volume
I, AOAC International, First Union National Bank Lockbox, PO Box 75198, Baltimore, MD 21275-5198.1-800-379-2622.
  d 18th and 19th editions of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1992 and 1995, American Public Health Associa-
tion; either edition may be used. Copies may be obtained from the American Public Health Association, 1015 Fifteenth Street NW, Washington,
DC 20005.
  •Minimum  Reporting Level determined by multiplying by 10 the least sensitive method's minimum detection limit (MDL=standard deviation
times the Studenfs T value for 99% confidence level with n-1 degrees of freedom), or when available, multiplying by 5 the least sensitive meth-
od's estimated detection limit (where the EDL equals the concentration of compound yielding approximately a 5 to 1 signal to noise  ratio or the
calculated MDL, whichever is greater).
  f Entry Points to the Distribution System, After Treatment, representing each water source in use over the twelve-month period of monitoring.
  * Minimum  Reporting Levels (MRL) for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) determined by multiplying either the published Method Detection
Limit (MDL) or 0.5 ug/L times 10, whichever is greater. The MDL of 0.5 ug/L (0.0005 mg/L) was selected to conform to VOC MDL requirements
Of 40 CFR 141.24(f)C17(E).
  "•To be Determined at a later time.
  i Compound currently not listed as an contaminant in this method. Methods development currently being conducted in an attempt to add it to
the scope of this method.
  J Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/high performance liquid chromatography/ultraviolet method for
tho determination of this compound.
  * Compound listed as being an contaminant using EPA Method 525.2; however, adequate sample preservation is not available. Preservation
studies currently being conducted to develop adequate sample preservation.
  I Methods development currently in progress to develop a solid phase extraction/gas chromatography/mass  spectrometery method for the de-
termination of this compound.
Microorganism
Identification No.
Sampling location
Date monitoring to
begin
   List 3.—Pre-Screen Testing: Contaminants with Analytical Methods Not Anticipated To Be Available by Regulation Implementation
Cyanobacteria (blue-green algae, other freshwater algae and their
toxins)
Echoviruses 	
Coxsackieviruses 	
Hellcobacter pylori 	
Microsporidla 	 	 	
Caliciviruses 	
Adenoviruses 	
Reserved a 	
Reserved a 	
Reserved 3 	
Reserved3 	
Reserved3 	
Reserved* 	
Reserved3 	
Reserved3 	
Reserved3 	
Reserved3 	
Reserved3 ..
Reserved3 .... . ...
Reserved3 	
Reserved3 	
Reserved.0
Reserved.3
Reserved.3
Reserved."
Reserved.3
Reserved.3
Reserved.3
  •To be Determined at a later time
  (4) What general monitoring
requirements must I follow for List 1
monitoring?—® All systems. You must:
  (A) Collect samples of the listed
contaminants in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this section and any
other specific instructions provided to
you by EPA or the State;
  (B) Review the laboratory testing
results to ensure reliability; and
  (C) Report the results as specified in
§141.35.
  (ii) Large systems. In addition to
paragraph (d)(l) of this section, you
must arrange for testing  of the samples
according to the methods specified for
each contaminant in the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring List and in
Appendix A to this section.
  (iii) Small systems. In addition to
paragraph (d)(l) of this section, you
must:
                       (A) Properly receive, store and use the
                     sampling equipment sent to you from
                     the laboratory;
                       (B) Sample at the times specified by
                     the State or the EPA Regional office;
                       (C) Collect and pack samples in
                     accordance with the instructions sent to
                     you by the laboratory; and
                       (D) Send the samples to the laboratory
                     designated by EPA.
                       (5) What specific sampling and
                     quality control requirements must I
                     follow for monitoring of List 1
                     contaminants? (i) All systems. You must
                     comply with the following
                     requirements:
                       (A) Sample collection and shipping
                     time. If you must ship the samples for
                     testing, you must collect the samples
                     early enough in the day to allow
                     adequate time to send the samples for
                     overnight delivery to the laboratory
since some samples must be processed
at the laboratory within 30 hours of
collection. You must not collect samples
on Friday, Saturday or Sunday because
sampling on these days would not allow
samples to be shipped and received at
the laboratory within 30 hours.
  (B) No compositing of samples. You
must not composite (that is, combine,
mix or blend) the samples. You must
collect, preserve and test each sample
separately.
  (C) Review and reporting of results.
After you have received the laboratory
results, you must review and confirm
the system information and data
regarding sample collection and test
results. You must report the results as
provided  in §141.35.
  (ii) Large systems. In addition to
paragraph (e)(l) of this section, you
must comply with the following:

-------
                   Federal Register/Vol.  64,  No. 83/Friday, April 30, 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                     23455
   (A) Timeffame. You must collect the
 samples in one twelve-month period
 during the years indicated in column 6
 of the Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring List.
   (B) Frequency. You must collect the
 samples according to the following
 frequency specified by contaminant
 type and water source type:
Contaminant type
Chemical 	
Microbiological 	

Water source type
Surface water
Ground water 	
Surface and ground
water.
Timeframe
12 months
12 months 	
12 months

Frequency
Every three months with one sampling event
nerabletime".
Vulnerable time* and six (6) months later.
Vulnerable time" and six (6) months later.
during the vul-
  » Vulnerable time means May 1 through July 31, unless the State or EPA Regional Office informs you that it has selected a different time pe-
 riod as your system's vulnerable time.
   (C) Location. You must collect
 samples at the location specified for
 each listed contaminant in column 5 of
 the Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring List.
   03) Sampling instructions. You must
 follow the sampling procedure for the
 method specified in column 3 of the
 Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
 List for each contaminant
   (E) Testing and analytical methods.
 You must use the analytical method
 specified for each listed contaminant in
 column 3 of the Unregulated
 Contaminant Monitoring List, the
 minimum reporting levels in column 4
 of the Unregulated Contaminant
 Monitoring List, and the quality control
 procedures specified in appendix A to
 this section.
   (F) Sampling deviations..If you do not
 sample according to the procedures
.specified for a listed contaminant, you
 must resample following the procedures
 specified for the method.
   (G) Testing. You must arrange for the
 testing of the contaminants by a
 laboratory certified under § 141.28.
   (iii) Small systems that are part of the
 State Monitoring Plan. In addition to
 paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section, you
 must comply with the following:
   (A) Frequency. You must collect
 samples at the times specified for you
 by the State or EPA regional office,
 following the frequency specified in
 paragraph (a) (5) (ii) (B) of this section for
 the contaminant type and water source
 type.          -  ••-
   (B) Location. You must sample at the
 locations specified for you by the State
 or EPA regional office.
   (C) Sampling deviations. If you do not
 collect a sample according to the
 instructions provided to you, then you
 must report the deviation on the sample
 reporting form that you send to the
 laboratory with the samples.
   (D) Sample kits. You must store and
 maintain the sample collection kits sent
 to you by the laboratory in a secure
 place until used for sampling. If
 indicated in the kit's instructions, you
must freeze the cold packs. The sample r
kit will include all necessary containers,
packing materials and cold packs,
instructions for collecting the sample
and sample treatment (such as
dechlorination or preservation), report
forms for each sample, contact name
and telephone number for the
laboratory, and a prepaid return
shipping docket and return address
label. If any of the materials listed in the
kit's instructions are not included or
arrive damaged, you must notify the
laboratory which sent you the sample
collection kits.
  (E) Sampling instructions. You must
comply with the instructions sent to you
by the State or EPA Regional office
concerning use of containers, collection
(how to fill the sample bottle),
dechlorination and/or preservation, and
sealing and preparing the sample and
shipping containers for shipment. You
must also comply with the instructions
sent to you by the laboratory concerning
the handling of sample containers for
specific contaminants.
  (F) Duplicate samples. EPA will select
systems in the State Monitoring Plan
that must collect duplicate samples for
quality control. If your system is
selected, you will receive two sample
kits that you must use. You must use the
same sampling protocols for both sets of
samples, following the instructions in
the duplicate sample kit.
  (G) Sampling forms. You must
completely fill out the sampling forms
sent to you by the laboratory, including
the data elements  1 through  9 listed in
§ 141.35 for each sample. You must sign
and date the sampling forms.
  (H) Sample submission. Once you
have collected the samples and
completely filled in the sampling forms,
you must send the samples and the
sampling forms to the laboratory
designated in your instructions.
  (6) What additional requirements
must I follow if my system is selected as
an Index site? If your system is selected
as an index site in the State Monitoring
Plan, you must assist EPA or the State
 in identifying appropriate sampling
 locations and provide information on
 which wells and intakes are in use at
 the time of sampling, well casing and
 screen depths (if known) for those wells,
 and the pumping rate of each well or
 intake at the time of sampling.
  (7)  What must I do if my system is
 selected for the screening survey orpre-
 screen testing?—-(i) Large systems. If
 your system serves over 10,000 persons,
 you must collect and arrange for testing
 of the contaminants in List 2 and List 3
 of the unregulated contaminant
 monitoring list in accordance with the
 requirements set out in paragraph (a) (4)
 and (5) of this section. You must send
 the samples to one of the laboratories
 designated by EPA in your notification.
 You must report the test results to the
 State.
  (ii)  Small systems. If your system
 serves 10,000 persons or fewer, you
 must collect samples in accordance with
 the instructions sent to you by the State
 or EPA, or, if informed by the State or
 EPA that the State or EPA will collect
 the sample, you must assist the State or
 EPA in identifying the appropriate
 sampling locations and in taking the
 samples. EPA will report the test results
 to you and the State.
  (b) Requirements for State and Tribal
 Participation—(1) How can I as the
 director of a State or Tribal drinking
 water program participate in the State
 Monitoring Plan and Screening Survey
 for small systems? You may participate
 in the selection of systems for the State
 Monitoring Plan and the timing of
 monitoring as follows:
  (i) Initial plan. EPA will first specify
 the number of systems serving  10,000 or
fewer persons by water source and size
 in an initial plan for each State using a
random number generator. EPA will
also generate a replacement list of
systems for systems that may not have
been correctly specified on the  initial
plan. This initial plan will also indicate
the week, month, and year that each
system must monitor for the
contaminants in List 1 of the

-------
23456
Federal  Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April  30,  1999/Proposed  Rules
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
List, EPA will provide you with the
initial plan for your State or Tribe,
including systems to be index sites and
those small systems to be part of the
screening survey.
  (ii) State acceptance or modification
of the list of systems. Within 60 days of
receiving the initial plan, you may
notify EPA that you either accept it as
your State Monitoring Plan or request to
modify the initial plan by removing
systems closed, merged or purchasing
water from another system. In place of
any such systems, you must use systems
from the replacement list in the order
listed. Your request must include the
modified plan and the reason for
replacement of system's. You may also
specify an alternative week, month and
year in which the monitoring is to occur
for each system in the State Plan as long
as approximately one-third of the
systems in the State Plan must monitor
in each year specified in Table 1,
column 6. This monitoring may be
coordinated with regulated contaminant
compliance monitoring at your
discretion.
  (iii) State modification of the timing
of monitoring. Within 60 days of
receiving the initial plan, you may also
modify the plan by selecting an
alternative week, month and year for
monitoring for each system in the State
Monitoring Plan as long as
approximately one-third of the systems
in the Plan monitor in each year
specified in column 6 of the
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
List. This monitoring may be
coordinated with regulated contaminant
compliance monitoring at your
discretion. You must send the modified
plan to EPA.
  (iv) Determination of alternate
vulnerable time. Within 60 days of
receiving the initial plan, you may also
determine that the most vulnerable time
of the year for any or all of the systems
is different than the May 1 through July
31. If you make this determination, you
must modify the State Monitoring Plan
to indicate the alternate vulnerable time
and to which systems the alternate
vulnerable time applies. You  must also
notify the system(s) of the most
vulnerable time of the year that you
have specified for them to sample for
one of their sampling events. You must
notify them at least 90 days before their
first unregulated contaminant sampling
is to occur.
  (v) Notification of systems.  If you
decide to accept or modify the initial
plan, you must provide to EPA your
plan for notifying each public water
system of its selection for the plan and
instructions for monitoring. You must
                    provide notification to systems at least
                    90 days before sampling must occur.
                      (vi) No modification. If you do not
                    accept the initial plan or submit a
                    request to EPA to modify the initial plan
                    within 60 days, the initial plan will
                    become the State Monitoring Plan for
                    your State or Tribe. In that case, you
                    may still notify each public water
                    system of its selection for the plan and
                    instructions for monitoring as long as
                    you notify EPA that you will be
                    undertaking this responsibility.
                      (2) What instructions do I provide to
                    systems that are part of the State
                    Monitoring Plan?lf you choose to notify
                    systems that they are part of the State
                    Monitoring Plan, you must send a
                    monitoring schedule to each system
                    listed in the State Monitoring Plan and
                    instructions on location, frequency,
                    timing of sampling, use of sampling
                    equipment, and handling and shipment
                    of samples based on these regulations.
                    EPA will provide you with guidance for
                    these instructions.
                      (3) Can I also change the vulnerable
                    time for monitoring of large systems?
                    Yes. If you desire to change the
                    vulnerable time for monitoring at large
                    systems, then not later than 120 days
                    prior that monitoring,, you must send
                    written notification to the EPA Regional
                    Office indicating your State is
                    modifying the most vulnerable time of
                    the year for any or all of the large
                    systems to be different than the period
                    of May 1 through July 31 and specify the
                    vulnerable time for each system to
                    which any modification applies. You
                    must also notify the system(s) of the
                    most vulnerable time of the year that
                    you have specified for them to sample
                    for one of their sampling events. You
                    must notify them at least 90 days before
                    their first unregulated contaminant
                    sampling is to occur.
                      (4) How can I participate in
                    monitoring for the Screening Survey for
                    large systems? Within 120 days prior to
                    sampling, EPA will notify you which
                    systems have been selected to
                    participate in the screening survey,  the
                    sampling dates, the designated
                    laboratory for testing, and instructions
                    for sampling. You may choose to notify
                    the selected systems in your State of
                    these screening survey requirements. If
                    you choose to do so, you must notify
                    EPA within 30 days of EPA's
                    notification to you. You must provide
                    the necessary screening survey
                    information to the selected systems  at
                    least 90 days prior to the sampling date.
                      (5) How can I participate in
                    monitoring for Pre-Screen Testing? You
                    can participate in pre-screen testing in
                    two ways.
  (i) First, within 60 days of EPA's letter
to you concerning initiation of Pre-
screen testing for specific contaminants,
you can identify from 5 up to 25
systems in your State that you
determine to be representative of the
most vulnerable systems to these
contaminants, modify your State
Monitoring Plan to include these most
vulnerable systems, and notify the EPA
Regional Office of the addition of these
systems to the State Plan. These systems
must be selected from all community
and non-transient  noncommunity water
systems. EPA will use the State-
identified vulnerable systems to select
up to 200 systems  nationally to be
monitored considering the
characteristics of the contaminants,
precipitation, system operation, and
environmental conditions.
  (ii) Second, within 120 days prior to
sampling, EPA will notify you which
systems have been selected, sampling
dates, the designated laboratory for
testing of samples  for systems serving
10,000 or fewer persons and approved
laboratories for systems serving more
than 10,000 persons, and instructions
for sampling. You  may choose to notify
the owner or operator of the selected
systems in your State of these pre-screen
testing requirements. If you choose to do
so, you must notify EPA within 30 days
of EPA's notification to you. You must
provide the necessary pre-screen testing
information to the owner or operator at
least 90  days prior to the sampling date.
  (6) Can I add contaminants to the
Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
List? Yes, the SDWA allows Governors
of seven or more States to petition the
EPA Administrator to add one or more
contaminants to the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring List. The
petition must clearly identify the reason
for adding the contaminants) to the
monitoring list, including the potential
risk to public health, particularly any
information that might be available
regarding disproportional risks to the
health and safety of children, the
expected occurrence documented by
any available data, any analytical
methods known or proposed to be used
to test for the contaminant(s), and any
other information that could assist the
Administrator in determining which
contaminants present the greatest public
health concern and should, therefore, be
included on the Unregulated
Contaminant Monitoring List.
  (7) Can I waive monitoring
requirements? Only with EPA approval
and under very limited conditions.
Following are the procedures for
requesting the only type of waiver
available under these regulations.

-------
                     Federal Register/Vol.  64. No. 83/Friday. April  30. 1999/Proposed Rules
                                                                          23457
   (i) You may apply to EPA for a state-
 wide waiver from the monitoring
 requirements for public water systems
 serving more than 10,000 persons. To
 apply for such a waiver, you must
 submit an application to EPA that
 includes the following information: •
   (A) The list of contaminants  on the
 Unregulated Contaminant List  for which
 you request a waiver, and
   (B) Documentation demonstrating, for
 each contaminant in your request, that
 during the past 15 years it has not been
 used, stored, disposed of, released,
 naturally present or detected in the
 source waters or distribution systems in
 the State.
   (ii) EPA will notify you if EPA
 determines that you may waive
 monitoring requirements.

 Appendix A to § 141.40—Quality
 Control Requirements for Testing All
 Samples Collected
  Your system must ensure that the quality
 control requirements listed below for testing
 of samples collected and submitted under
 §141.40 are followed:
  (1)  Sample Collection/Preservation. Follow
 the sample collection and preservation
 requirements for the specified method for
 each of the contaminants in Table 1. These
 requirements specify sample containers,
 collection, dechlorination, preservation,
 storage, sample holding time, and extract
 storage and/or holding time that the
 laboratory must follow. Samples with
 methods that specify storage at 4°C must be
 shipped in ice or frozen gel packs.
  (2) Method Detection Limit. Calculate the
 laboratory method detection limit (MDLs) for
 each contaminant in Table 1, List 1, using the
 appropriate specified method according to
 procedures in 40 CFR part 136, appendix B
 with the exception that the contaminant
 concentration used to fortify reagent water
 must be less than or equal to the minimum
 reporting level (MRL) for the contaminants as
 specified in Table 1 of § 141.40(a)(3). The
 calculated MDL is equal to the standard
 deviation times the Student's T value for
 99% confidence level with n-1 degrees of
 freedom. (The MDL must be less than or
 equal to one-half of the MRL.)
  (3) Calibration. Perform a three to six point
 initial calibration depending on the method
 utilized. Calibration must be verified initially
 with a low-level standard at a concentration
 within ±10% of the MRL for each
 contaminant. Perform a continuing
 calibration verification following every 10th
 sample. The calibration verification must be
 performed by alternating low-level  and mid-
 level calibration standards. The low-level
 standard is defined as a concentration within
±10% of the MRL with an acceptance range
 of ±40%. The mid-level standard is in the
 middle of the calibration range with an
 acceptance range of ±20%.
  (4) Reagent Blank Analysis. Analyze one
 laboratory reagent (method) blank per sample
set/batch that is treated exactly as a sample.
The maximum allowable background
 concentration is one-half of the MRL for all
 contaminants. A field reagent blank is
 required only for EPA Method 524.2 (or
 equivalent listed methods, D5790.95 and
 SM6210D).
   (5) Quality Control Sample. Obtain a
 quality control sample from an external
 source to check laboratory performance at
 least once each quarter.
   (6) Matrix Spike and Duplicate. Prepare
 and analyze matrix spike (MS) for accuracy
 and matrix spike duplicate (MSD) samples
 for precision to determine method accuracy
 and precision for all contaminants in Table
 1, List 1. MS/MSD samples must be prepared
 and analyzed at a frequency of 5% (or one
 MS/MSD set per every 20 samples) or with
 each sample batch whichever is more
 frequent. In addition, the MS/MSD spike
 concentrations must be alternated between a
 low-level spike and mid-level spike
 approximately 50% of the time. (For
 example: a set of 40 samples will require
 preparation and analysis of two MS/MSD
 sets. The first set must be spiked at either the
 low-level or mid level, and the second set
 must be spiked with tie other standard,
 either the low-level or mid-level whichever
 was not used for the initial MS/MSD set).
 The low-level MS/MSD spike concentration
 must be within ±10% of the MRL for each
 contaminant. The mid-level MS/MSD spike
 concentration must be within ±10% of the
 mid level calibration standard for each
 contaminant. There are no acceptance criteria
 specified for MS/MSD recoveries.
  (7) Internal Standard Calibration. As
 appropriate to a method's requirements to be
 used, test and obtain an internal standard for
 the methods for each chemical contaminant
 in Table 1, List 1, a pure contaminant of
 known concentration, for calibration and
 quantitation purposes. The methods specify
 the percent recovery or response that you
 must obtain for acceptance.
  (8) Method Performance Test. As
 appropriate to a method's requirements to be
 used, test for surrogate compounds, a pure
 contaminant unlikely to be found in any
 sample, to monitor method performance. The
 methods specify the percent recovery that
 you must obtain for acceptance.
  (9) Detection Confirmation. Confirm any
 chemical contaminant detected above the
 MRL by gas chromatographic/mass
 spectrometric (GC/MS) methods. If testing
 resulted in first analyzing the sample extracts
 via specified gas chrornatographic methods,
 an initial confirmation by a second column
 dissimilar to the primary column may be
 performed. If the contaminant detection is
 confirmed by the secondary column, then the
 contaminant must be reconfirmed by GC/MS
 using 3 specified ion peaks for contaminant
 identification. Use one of the following
 confirming techniques: (i) perform single
 point calibration of the GC/MS system for
 confirmation purposes only as long as the
 calibration standard is at a concentration
 within ± 50% of the concentration
 determined by the initial analysis; or (ii)
perform a three point calibration with single
point daily calibration verification of the GC/
MS system regardless of whether that
verification standard concentration is within
± 50% of sample response. If GC/MS analysis
confirms the initial contaminant detection,
 report results determined from the initial
 analysis.
   (10) Reporting. Report the analytical results
 and other data, with the required data listed
 in § 141.35, Table 1. Report this data
 electronically to the State or EPA Regional
 Office, unless the State or EPA Regional
 Office specifies otherwise. Systems must
 coordinate with their laboratories for
 electronic reporting to the State or EPA
 Regional Office to ensure proper formatting
 and timely data submission.

 PART 142—NATIONAL PRIMARY
 DRINKING WATER REGULATIONS
 IMPLEMENTATION

   1. The authority citation for part 142
 continues to read as follows:
   Authority: 42 U.S.C. 300f, 300g-l, 300g-2,
 300g-3, 300g-4, 300g-5,300g-6, 300J-4,
 300j-9,and300j-ll.
   2. Section 142.15 is amended by
 revising paragraph (c)(3) to read as
 follows:

 §142.15 Reports by States.
 *****
   (c) *  * *
   (3) Unregulated contaminant
 monitoring. The State must report the
 results  from the unregulated
 contaminant monitoring required under
 40 CFR 141.40,  including the
 information identified in 40 CFR
 141.35(b) to the National Drinking
 Water Contaminant Occurrence Data
 Base. This report must be in an
 electronic format and sent to EPA
 through the Safe Drinking Water
 Information System or other information
 system specified by the Agency not later
 than the. quarter following receipt of the
 unregulated contaminant monitoring
 results from the public water system or
 its laboratory.
 *****
   3. Section 142.16 is amended by
 revising paragraphs (e) introductory
 text, (e)(l) introductory text, and
 (e) (1) (i) (C) to read as follows:

 § 142.16  Special primacy requirements.
 *     *     *    *    *
   (e) An application for approval of a
 State program revision which adopts the
 requirements specified in 40 CFR
 141.11, 141.23,141.32,141.61 and
 141.62 must contain the following (in
 addition to the general primacy
 requirements enumerated elsewhere in
 this part, including the requirement that
 State regulations be at least as stringent
 as the federal requirements):
   (1) If a State chooses to issue waivers
from the monitoring requirements in 40
 CFR 141.23 and 141.24, the State shall
describe the procedures and criteria
which it will use to review waiver
applications and issue waiver
determinations.

-------
23458	Federal Register/Vol. 64, No.  83/Friday, April 30.  1999/Proposed Rules


  (0 * * *
  (C) The State decision criteria,
including the factors that will be
considered in deciding to grant or deny
waivers. The decision criteria must
include the factors specified in 40 CFR
141.24(f)(8) and 141.24(h)(6).
*    *    *    *    *
[FR Doc. 99-10001 Filed 4-29-99; 8:45 am]
BtUJNG CODE  6560-50-P

-------